UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 001-35388
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.®
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Texas
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
Prosperity Bank Plaza
4295 San Felipe
Houston, Texas
(Address of principal executive offices)
74-2331986
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
77027
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (713) 693-9300
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value
$1.00 per share
(Title of each class)
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the Act.
Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check One):
Large Accelerated Filer x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x
The aggregate market value of the shares of common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2011, based on the closing price of the
Smaller Reporting Company ¨
Non-accelerated Filer ¨
Accelerated Filer ¨
common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2011 was approximately $1.89 billion.
As of February 15, 2012, the number of outstanding shares of common stock was 47,233,431.
Documents Incorporated by Reference:
Portions of the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed within 120 days
after December 31, 2011, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.®
2011 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
PART II
PART III
PART IV
Item 1. Business ................................................................................................................................................................
1
1
General ..............................................................................................................................................................
1
Pending and Recent Acquisitions .....................................................................................................................
2
Available Information .......................................................................................................................................
3
Officers and Associates................................................................................................................................
3
Banking Activities ............................................................................................................................................
4
Business Strategies ...........................................................................................................................................
5
Competition ......................................................................................................................................................
5
Supervision and Regulation ..............................................................................................................................
Item 1A. Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................................................
14
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments ................................................................................................................................ 21
Item 2. Properties ................................................................................................................................................................
21
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.....................................................................................................................................................
22
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures ...........................................................................................................................................
22
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
23
Securities............................................................................................................................................................
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data ....................................................................................................................
26
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ................................ 29
30
Overview............................................................................................................................................................
31
Recent Developments ........................................................................................................................................
31
Critical Accounting Policies ..............................................................................................................................
32
Results of Operations .........................................................................................................................................
38
Financial Condition ............................................................................................................................................
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .................................................................................
55
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ................................................................................................
56
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ................................ 57
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures .........................................................................................................................................
57
Item 9B. Other Information ...................................................................................................................................................
60
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ......................................................................................
Item 11. Executive Compensation ........................................................................................................................................
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters ...............
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence .........................................................
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services .................................................................................................................
60
60
60
60
60
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .........................................................................................................
61
Signatures .......................................................................................................................................................................... 63
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
General
PART I
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®, a Texas corporation (the “Company”), was formed in 1983 as a vehicle to acquire the former
Allied Bank in Edna, Texas which was chartered in 1949 as The First National Bank of Edna and is now known as Prosperity Bank.
The Company is a registered financial holding company that derives substantially all of its revenues and income from the operation of
its bank subsidiary, Prosperity Bank® (“Prosperity Bank®” or the “Bank”). The Bank provides a broad line of financial products and
services to small and medium-sized businesses and consumers. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank operated one hundred seventy-five
(175) full-service banking locations; with sixty (60) in the Houston area, twenty (20) in the South Texas area including Corpus Christi
and Victoria, thirty-three (33) in Central Texas, ten (10) in the Bryan/College Station area, twenty-one (21) in East Texas and thirty-
one (31) in the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas area. The Company’s headquarters are located at Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe in
Houston, Texas and its telephone number is (281) 269-7199. The Company’s website address is www.prosperitybanktx.com.
The Company’s market consists of the communities served by its banking centers. The diverse nature of the economies in each
local market served by the Company provides the Company with a varied customer base and allows the Company to spread its lending
risk throughout a number of different industries including professional service firms and their principals, manufacturing, tourism,
recreation, petrochemicals, farming and ranching. The Company’s market areas outside of Houston, Dallas, Corpus Christi, San
Antonio and Austin are dominated by either small community banks or branches of large regional banks. Management believes that
the Company, as one of the few mid-sized financial institutions that combines responsive community banking with the sophistication
of a regional bank holding company, has a competitive advantage in its market areas and excellent growth opportunities through
acquisitions, including acquisitions of failed financial institutions, new banking center locations and additional business development.
Operating under a community banking philosophy, the Company seeks to develop broad customer relationships based on
service and convenience while maintaining its conservative approach to lending and sound asset quality. The Company has grown
through a combination of internal growth, the acquisition of community banks and branches of banks and the opening of new banking
centers. Utilizing a low cost of funds and employing stringent cost controls, the Company has been profitable in every full year of its
existence, including the period of adverse economic conditions in Texas in the late 1980s and more recently in 2009 and 2010. From
1988 to 1992 as a sound and profitable institution, the Company took advantage of this economic downturn and acquired the deposits
and certain assets of failed banks in West Columbia, El Campo and Cuero, Texas and two failed banks in Houston, which diversified
the Company’s franchise and increased its core deposits. The Company opened a full-service banking center in Victoria, Texas in
1993 and the following year established a banking center in Bay City, Texas. The Company expanded its Bay City presence in 1996
with the acquisition of an additional branch location from Norwest Bank Texas (now Wells Fargo), and in 1997, the Company
acquired the Angleton, Texas branch of Wells Fargo Bank. In 1998, the Company enhanced its West Columbia Banking Center with
the purchase of a commercial bank branch located in West Columbia and acquired Union State Bank in East Bernard, Texas.
1
From December 31, 1998 through December 31, 2011, the Company grew through internal growth and the completion of the
following acquisitions:
Acquired Bank
Acquired Entity
South Texas Bancshares, Inc. ................................................... Commercial National Bank
Compass Bank (5 branches) ...................................................... N/A
Commercial Bancshares, Inc. .................................................... Heritage Bank
Texas Guaranty Bank, N.A. ...................................................... Same
The First State Bank of Needville ............................................. Same
Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. ................................................. Paradigm Bank Texas
Southwest Bank Holding Company .......................................... Bank of the Southwest
First National Bank of Bay City ............................................... Same
Abrams Centre Bancshares, Inc. ............................................... Abrams Centre National Bank
Dallas Bancshares, Inc. ............................................................. BankDallas
MainBancorp, Inc. .................................................................... main bank, n.a.
First State Bank of North Texas ................................................ Same
Liberty Bancshares, Inc. ........................................................... Liberty Bank, S.S.B.
Village Bank and Trust, s.s.b .................................................... Same
First Capital Bankers, Inc.......................................................... FirstCapital Bank, s.s.b.
Grapeland Bancshares, Inc. ....................................................... First State Bank of Grapeland
SNB Bancshares, Inc ................................................................ Southern National Bank of Texas
Texas United Bancshares, Inc ................................................... State Bank, GNB Financial, n.a.,
Gateway National Bank and
Northwest Bank
The Bank of Navasota ............................................................... Same
Banco Popular, NA (6 branches) .............................................. N/A
1st Choice Bancorp ..................................................................... 1st Choice Bank
Franklin Bank (from FDIC, as receiver)(4) ................................ N/A
U.S. Bank (3 branches) ............................................................. N/A
First Bank (19 branches) ........................................................... N/A
Number of
Banking Centers
As of
December 31,
2011(1)
Completion
Date
1999
2000
2001
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2003
2003
2003
2003
2004
2004
2005
2005
2006
2007
2007
2008
2008
2008
2010
2010
3
4
12
2
—(2)
8
2
—(2)
1
1
3
3
4
1
20
2
6(3)
34
1
5
1
33
3
15
(1) The number of banking centers added does not include any locations of the acquired entity that were closed and consolidated
with existing banking centers of the Company upon consummation of the transaction or closed after consummation of the
transaction.
(2) The only banking center of the acquired entity was closed and consolidated into an existing banking center of the Company.
(3)
(4) Assumed approximately $3.6 billion of deposits and acquired certain assets, including thirty-three (33) banking centers, from
Included one banking center under construction at the time of consummation.
the FDIC, acting in its capacity as receiver for Franklin Bank.
Pending and Recent Acquisitions
Pending Acquisition of American State Financial Corporation – On February 27, 2012, the Company announced the signing of
a definitive agreement to acquire American State Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, American State Bank
(“ASB”), through the merger of American State Financial with and into the Company. ASB operates thirty-seven (37) banking
offices in eighteen (18) counties across West Texas. As of December 31, 2011, American State Financial, on a consolidated basis,
reported total assets of $3.08 billion, total loans of $1.21 billion and total deposits of $2.46 billion. Under the terms of the definitive
agreement, the Company will issue up to 8,525,000 shares of its common stock plus $178.5 million in cash for all outstanding shares
of American State Financial capital stock, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustment.
The merger has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies and is expected to close during the third quarter of
2012, although delays may occur. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, including the approval by American State
Financial’s shareholders and customary regulatory approvals. Operational integration is anticipated to begin during the third quarter of
2012.
2
Pending Acquisition of The Bank Arlington – On January 19, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire The Bank Arlington. The Bank Arlington operates one (1) banking office in Arlington, Texas, in the Dallas/Fort Worth
CMSA. As of December 31, 2011, The Bank Arlington reported total assets of $37.3 million, total loans of $21.2 million and total
deposits of $32.8 million.
Under the terms of the definitive agreement, the Company will issue up to 138,600 shares of Company common stock for all
outstanding shares of The Bank Arlington capital stock, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustments. The transaction is
subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals and approval of the shareholders of The Bank
Arlington. The transaction is expected to close during the second quarter of 2012, although delays could occur.
Pending Acquisition of East Texas Financial Services, Inc. - On December 8, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire East Texas Financial Services, Inc. (OTC BB: FFBT) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Bank Texas
(“Firstbank”). First Bank operates four (4) banking offices in the Tyler MSA, including three (3) locations in Tyler, Texas and one (1)
location in Gilmer, Texas. As of December 31, 2011, East Texas Financial Services reported total assets of $210.5 million, total loans
of $163.1 million and total deposits of $126.7 million.
Under the terms of the definitive agreement, the Company will issue up to 531,000 shares of Company common stock for all
outstanding shares of East Texas Financial Services capital stock, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustments. The
transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals and approval of the stockholders
of East Texas Financial Services. The transaction is expected to close during the second quarter of 2012, although delays could occur.
Acquisition of Texas Bankers, Inc. - On January 1, 2012, the Company completed the previously announced acquisition of Texas
Bankers, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of Texas, Austin, Texas. The transaction continues the Company’s strategic
growth and expansion of the franchise in Central Texas.
The three (3) Bank of Texas banking offices in the Austin, Texas CMSA consist of a location in Rollingwood, which upon
operational integration will be consolidated with the Company’s Westlake location and remain in Bank of Texas’ Rollingwood
banking office; one banking center in downtown Austin, which upon operational integration will be consolidated into the Company’s
downtown Austin location; and another banking center in Thorndale. Following the acquisition, the Company operates thirty-four (34)
banking centers in the Central Texas area including Austin and San Antonio.
Texas Bankers, Inc. reported total assets of $77.0 million, total loans of $27.6 million and total deposits of $70.4 million as of
December 31, 2011. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company issued 314,953 shares of Company common stock for all
outstanding shares of Texas Bankers capital stock which resulted in a premium of $5.2 million.
Available Information
The Company’s website address is www.prosperitybanktx.com. The Company makes available free of charge on or through its
website its Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as
soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Information contained on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not
part of this or any other report.
Officers and Associates
The Company’s directors and officers are important to the Company’s success and play a key role in the Company’s business
development efforts by actively participating in civic and public service activities in the communities served by the Company.
The Company has invested heavily in its officers and associates by recruiting talented officers in its market areas and providing
them with economic incentive in the form of stock-based compensation and bonuses based on cross-selling performance. The senior
management team has substantial experience in the Houston, Dallas, Austin, Bryan/College Station, East Texas, Corpus Christi and
San Antonio markets and the surrounding communities in which the Company has a presence. Each banking center location is
administered by a local president or manager with knowledge of the community and lending expertise in the specific industries found
in the community. The Company entrusts its banking center presidents and managers with authority and flexibility within general
parameters with respect to product pricing and decision making in order to avoid the bureaucratic structure of larger banks. The
Company operates each banking center as a separate profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to each banking center’s net
interest income, efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and overall profitability. Banking center presidents and managers are
accountable for performance in these areas and compensated accordingly. The Company’s local banking centers have no 1-800
3
telephone numbers. Each banking center has its own listed local business telephone number. Customers are served by a local banker
with decision making authority.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company and the Bank had 1,664 full-time equivalent associates, 671 of whom were officers of
the Bank. The Company provides medical and hospitalization insurance to its full-time associates. The Company considers its
relations with associates to be excellent. Neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to any collective bargaining agreement.
Banking Activities
The Company, through the Bank, offers a variety of traditional loan and deposit products to its customers, which consist
primarily of consumers and small and medium-sized businesses. The Bank tailors its products to the specific needs of customers in a
given market. At December 31, 2011, the Bank maintained approximately 366,000 separate deposit accounts including certificates of
deposit, 33,000 separate loan accounts and 24.5% of the Bank’s total deposits were noninterest-bearing demand deposits. For the year
ended December 31, 2011, the Company’s average cost of funds was 0.56% and the Company’s average cost of deposits (excluding
all borrowings) was 0.53%.
The Company has been an active real estate lender, with commercial mortgage and 1-4 family residential loans comprising
35.9% and 26.7% of the Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2011, respectively. The Company also offers commercial loans,
loans for automobiles and other consumer durables, home equity loans, debit cards, internet banking and other cash management
services and automated telephone banking. By offering certificates of deposit, interest checking accounts, savings accounts and
overdraft protection at competitive rates, the Company gives its depositors a full range of traditional deposit products.
The businesses targeted by the Company in its lending efforts are primarily those that require loans in the $100,000 to $8.0
million range. The Company offers these businesses a broad array of loan products including term loans, lines of credit and loans for
working capital, business expansion and the purchase of equipment and machinery, interim construction loans for builders and owner-
occupied commercial real estate loans.
Business Strategies
The Company’s main objective is to increase deposits and loans internally, as well as through additional expansion
opportunities, while maintaining efficiency and individualized customer service and maximizing profitability. To achieve this
objective, the Company has employed the following strategic goals:
Continue Community Banking Emphasis. The Company intends to continue operating as a community banking organization
focused on meeting the specific needs of consumers and small and medium-sized businesses in its market areas. The Company
provides a high degree of responsiveness combined with a wide variety of banking products and services. The Company staffs its
banking centers with experienced bankers with lending expertise in the specific industries found in the given community, and gives
them authority to make certain pricing and credit decisions, avoiding the bureaucratic structure of larger banks.
Expand Market Share Through Internal Growth and a Disciplined Acquisition Strategy. The Company intends to continue
seeking opportunities, both inside and outside its existing markets, to expand either by acquiring existing banks or branches of banks,
including FDIC assisted purchases, or by establishing new banking centers. All of the Company’s acquisitions have been accretive to
earnings within 12 months after acquisition date and generally have supplied the Company with relatively low-cost deposits which
have been used to fund the Company’s lending and investing activities. However, the Company makes no guarantee that future
acquisitions, if any, will be accretive to earnings within any particular time period. Factors used by the Company to evaluate
expansion opportunities include (i) the similarity in management and operating philosophies, (ii) whether the acquisition will be
accretive to earnings and enhance shareholder value, (iii) the ability to improve the efficiency ratio through economies of scale,
(iv) whether the acquisition will strategically expand the Company’s geographic footprint, and (v) the opportunity to enhance the
Company’s market presence in existing market areas.
Increase Loan Volume and Diversify Loan Portfolio. While maintaining its conservative approach to lending, the Company has
emphasized both new and existing loan products, focusing on managing its commercial mortgage and commercial loan portfolios.
During the one year period from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, the Company’s commercial and industrial loans
decreased from $409.4 million to $406.4 million, or 0.7%, and represented 11.7% and 10.8% of the total portfolio, respectively.
Commercial mortgages increased from $1.29 billion to $1.35 billion, or 5.0%, and represented 37.0% and 35.9% of the total portfolio,
respectively, for the same period. In addition, the Company targets professional service firms, including legal and medical practices,
for both loans secured by owner-occupied premises and personal loans to their principals.
Maintain Sound Asset Quality. The Company continues to maintain the sound asset quality that has been representative of its
historical loan portfolio. As the Company continues to diversify and increase its lending activities and acquire loans in acquisitions, it
may face higher risks of nonpayment and increased risks in the event of continued economic downturns. The Company intends to
4
continue to employ the strict underwriting guidelines and comprehensive loan review process that have contributed to its low
incidence of nonperforming assets and its minimal charge-offs in relation to its size.
Continue Focus on Efficiency. The Company plans to maintain its stringent cost control practices and policies. The Company
has invested significantly in the infrastructure required to centralize many of its critical operations, such as data processing and loan
processing. For its banking centers, which the Company operates as independent profit centers, the Company supplies complete
support in the areas of loan review, internal audit, compliance and training. Management believes that this centralized infrastructure
can accommodate additional growth while enabling the Company to minimize operational costs through economies of scale.
Enhance Cross-Selling. The Company recognizes that its customer base provides significant opportunities to cross-sell various
products and it seeks to develop broader customer relationships by identifying cross-selling opportunities. The Company uses
incentives and friendly competition to encourage cross-selling efforts and increase cross-selling results among its associates. Officers
and associates have access to each customer’s existing and related account relationships and are better able to inform customers of
additional products when customers visit or call the various banking centers or use their drive-in facilities. In addition, the Company
includes product information in monthly statements and other mailings.
Competition
The banking business is highly competitive, and the profitability of the Company depends principally on its ability to compete in
its market areas. The Company competes with other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions,
finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based nonbank lenders and
certain other nonfinancial entities, including retail stores which may maintain their own credit programs and certain governmental
organizations which may offer more favorable financing than the Company. The Company believes it has been able to compete
effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer service, technology and responsive decision-making with respect
to loans, by establishing long-term customer relationships and building customer loyalty and by providing products and services
designed to address the specific needs of its customers.
Supervision and Regulation
The supervision and regulation of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of
depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of the bank
holding company’s shareholders or creditors. The banking agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and
banks including the power to impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations of laws and regulations.
The following description summarizes some of the laws to which the Company and the Bank are subject. References in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be complete, and are
qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.
The Company
The Company is a financial holding company pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and a bank holding company registered
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). Accordingly, the Company is subject to supervision,
regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”). The Gramm-Leach-
Bliley Act, the BHCA and other federal laws subject financial and bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of
activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement
actions for violations of laws and regulations.
Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength. The Company is regarded as a legal entity separate and distinct from
the Bank. The principal source of the Company’s revenues is dividends received from the Bank. As described in more detail below,
federal law places limitations on the amount that state banks may pay in dividends, which the Bank must adhere to when paying
dividends to the Company. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on
common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the
organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a
level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.
Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company has historically been required to act as a source of financial
strength to each of its banking subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank
Act”) codified this policy as a statutory requirement. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support
the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a
bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness
of such subsidiary banks. As discussed below, a bank holding company, in certain circumstances, could be required to guarantee the
capital plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary.
5
In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the trustee will be deemed
to have assumed and is required to cure immediately any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding company to any of the
federal banking agencies to maintain the capital of an insured depository institution. Any claim for breach of such obligation will
generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.
Scope of Permissible Activities. Under the BHCA, bank holding companies generally may not acquire a direct or indirect
interest in or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company or from
engaging in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or performing services for
its subsidiaries, except that it may engage in, directly or indirectly, certain activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to
be so closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In approving acquisitions or the
addition of activities, the Federal Reserve Board considers, among other things, whether the acquisition or the additional activities can
reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency,
that outweigh such possible adverse effects as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest
or unsound banking practices.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, effective March 11, 2000, eliminated the barriers to affiliations
among banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other financial service providers and permits bank holding companies to
become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities
that are financial in nature. The Gramm-Leach- Bliley Act defines “financial in nature” to include securities underwriting, dealing and
market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities;
and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. No regulatory approval will be required
for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial
in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board.
A bank holding company may become a financial holding company by filing a declaration with the Federal Reserve Board if
each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (the
“FDICIA”) prompt-corrective-action provisions, is well managed, and has at least a satisfactory rating under the Community
Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”). The Company became a financial holding company on April 18, 2000.
Since July 2011, the Company’s financial holding company status depends upon it maintaining its status as “well capitalized”
and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations. If a financial holding company ceases to meet these
requirements, the Federal Reserve Board may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on the financial holding
company and place limitations on its ability to conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies. In
addition, the Federal Reserve Board may require divestiture of the holding company’s depository institutions and/or its non-bank
subsidiaries if the deficiencies persist.
While the Federal Reserve Board is the “umbrella” regulator for financial holding companies and has the power to examine
banking organizations engaged in new activities, regulation and supervision of activities which are financial in nature or determined to
be incidental to such financial activities will be handled along functional lines. Accordingly, activities of subsidiaries of a financial
holding company will be regulated by the agency or authorities with the most experience regulating that activity as it is conducted in a
financial holding company.
Safe and Sound Banking Practices. Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound banking
practices. The Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve
Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the
consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated
net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or
unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. Depending upon the circumstances, the Federal Reserve Board could take the
position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.
The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking
subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can
assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial
loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1.0 million for each day the activity continues.
Anti-Tying Restrictions. Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services,
such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates.
Capital Adequacy Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a system using risk-based capital guidelines under a
two-tier capital framework to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. Tier 1 capital generally consists of common
stockholders’ equity, retained earnings, a limited amount of qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities
6
and noncontrolling interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain intangibles. Tier 2 capital
generally consists of certain hybrid capital instruments and perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt securities and a limited amount
of subordinated debt, qualifying preferred stock, loan loss allowance, and unrealized holding gains on certain equity securities.
Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit
risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. The
guidelines require a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0% (of which at least 4.0% is required to consist
of Tier 1 capital elements). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s ratio of Tier
1 capital to total risk-weighted assets was 15.90% and its ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 17.09%. Risk-weighted
assets exclude intangible assets such as goodwill and core deposit intangibles.
In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board uses a leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate
the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total
consolidated assets. Certain highly rated bank holding companies may maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other bank
holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 4.0%. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s leverage ratio was
7.89%.
The federal banking agencies’ risk-based and leverage capital ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to
banking organizations that meet certain specified criteria. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate
with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a
particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve Board
guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain
strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.
Proposed Revisions to Capital Adequacy Requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and the FDIC to adopt regulations imposing a continuing “floor” of the 1988 capital accord
(“Basel I”) of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) capital requirements in cases where the 2004
Basel Committee capital accord (“Basel II”) capital requirements and any changes in capital regulations resulting from Basel III
(defined below) otherwise would permit lower requirements. In December 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC
issued a joint notice of proposed rulemaking that would implement this requirement.
On December 16, 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity
regulation (“Basel III”). Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. banking agencies and fully phased-in, will require bank holding
companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The timing
for the U.S. banking agencies’ publication of proposed rules to implement the Basel III capital framework and the implementation
schedule is uncertain, but the U.S. banking agencies have indicated informally that regulations implementing the Basel III capital
framework will be published for comment during the first half of 2012. Notwithstanding its release of the Basel III framework, the
Basel Committee is considering further amendments to Basel III, including the imposition of additional capital surcharges on globally
and systemically important financial institutions. In addition to Basel III, the Dodd-Frank Act requires or permits the U.S. banking
agencies to adopt regulations affecting banking institutions’ capital requirements in a number of respects. Accordingly, the regulations
ultimately adopted and made applicable to the Company may be substantially different from the Basel III final framework as
published in December 2010.
The Basel III final capital framework, among other things, (i) introduces as a new capital measure “Common Equity Tier 1”
(“CET1”), (ii) specifies that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified
requirements, (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not
to the other components of capital and (iv) expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations.
When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, Basel III will require banks to maintain (i) as a newly adopted international standard,
a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the
4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%),
(ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to
the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full
implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the
capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a
minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum
leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures
(computed as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter). Basel III also provides for a “countercyclical
capital buffer,” that would be added to the capital conservation buffer generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that
excess aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk.
7
Proposed Liquidity Requirements. Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been
addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III final framework will require banks and bank
holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity
measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward will be required by
regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an
adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon
(or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other, referred to as the net stable
funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities
over a one-year time horizon. These requirements will incent banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and
other sovereign debt as a component of assets and increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. The Basel III liquidity
framework contemplates that the LCR and NSFR will be subject to observation periods continuing through mid-2013 and mid-2016,
respectively, and subject to any revisions resulting from the analyses conducted and data collected during the observation period, the
LCR and NSFR will be implemented as minimum standards on January 1, 2015 and by January 1, 2018, respectively. The proposed
liquidity requirements will likely apply to bank holding companies with total assets of $50 billion or greater. These new standards are
subject to further rulemaking and their terms could change before implementation.
Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries. Bank regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” to
resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels. In the event an institution
becomes “undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the
regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the
capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is
entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.
The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s
assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be “adequately capitalized.” The bank
regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or fails to
submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior
Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled
institution or other affiliates.
Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies. The BHCA requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the
Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting
shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such
bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve Board is required to consider, among other
things, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the
convenience and needs of the communities to be served and various competitive factors.
Control Acquisitions. The Change in Bank Control Act (“CBCA”) prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring
“control” of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been notified and has not objected to the transaction.
Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve Board, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of
a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such as the Company, would,
under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of the Company.
In addition, the CBCA prohibits any entity from acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquiror that is a bank holding company)
or more of a bank holding company’s or bank’s voting securities, or otherwise obtaining control or a controlling influence over a bank
holding company or bank without the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In most circumstances, an entity that owns 25% or more
of the voting securities of a banking organization owns enough of the capital resources to have a controlling influence over such
banking organization for purposes of the CBCA. On September 22, 2008, the Federal Reserve Board issued a policy statement on
equity investments in bank holding companies and banks, which allows the Federal Reserve Board to generally be able to conclude
that an entity’s investment is not “controlling” if the entity does not own in excess of 15% of the voting power and 33% of the total
equity of the bank holding company or bank. Depending on the nature of the overall investment and the capital structure of the
banking organization, the Federal Reserve Board will permit, based on the policy statement, noncontrolling investments in the form of
voting and nonvoting shares that represent in the aggregate (i) less than one-third of the total equity of the banking organization (and
less than one-third of any class of voting securities, assuming conversion of all convertible nonvoting securities held by the entity) and
(ii) less than 15% of any class of voting securities of the banking organization.
The Bank
The Bank is a Texas-chartered banking association, the deposits of which are insured by the DIF of the FDIC. The Bank is not a
member of the Federal Reserve System; therefore, the Bank is subject to supervision and regulation by the FDIC and the Texas
Department of Banking. Such supervision and regulation subject the Bank to special restrictions, requirements, potential enforcement
8
actions and periodic examination by the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking. Because the Federal Reserve Board regulates
the Company, the Federal Reserve Board also has supervisory authority which directly affects the Bank.
Equivalence to National Bank Powers. The Texas Constitution, as amended in 1986, provides that a Texas-chartered bank has
the same rights and privileges that are or may be granted to national banks domiciled in Texas. To the extent that the Texas laws and
regulations may have allowed state-chartered banks to engage in a broader range of activities than national banks, the FDICIA has
operated to limit this authority. FDICIA provides that no state bank or subsidiary thereof may engage as principal in any activity not
permitted for national banks, unless the institution complies with applicable capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the
activity poses no significant risk to the DIF. In general, statutory restrictions on the activities of banks are aimed at protecting the
safety and soundness of depository institutions.
Financial Modernization. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a national bank may establish a financial subsidiary and engage,
subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting as principal, insurance
company portfolio investment, real estate development, real estate investment, annuity issuance and merchant banking activities. To
do so, a bank must be well capitalized, well managed and have a CRA rating of satisfactory or better. Subsidiary banks of a financial
holding company or national banks with financial subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed in order to continue to
engage in activities that are financial in nature without regulatory actions or restrictions, which could include divestiture of the
financial in nature subsidiary or subsidiaries. In addition, a financial holding company or a bank may not acquire a company that is
engaged in activities that are financial in nature unless each of the subsidiary banks of the financial holding company or the bank has a
CRA rating of satisfactory or better.
Although the powers of state chartered banks are not specifically addressed in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Texas-chartered
banks such as the Bank, will have the same if not greater powers as national banks through the parity provision contained in the Texas
Constitution.
Branching. Texas law provides that a Texas-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Texas provided that the branch
is approved in advance by the Texas Department of Banking. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a
number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the
community and consistency with corporate powers.
Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Transactions between the Bank and its nonbanking affiliates, including
the Company, are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. In general, Section 23A imposes limits on the amount of such
transactions to 10% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus and requires that such transactions be secured by designated amounts of
specified collateral. It also limits the amount of advances to third parties which are collateralized by the securities or obligations of the
Company or its subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate
transactions within a banking organization. For example, it requires that the 10% of capital limit on covered transactions begin to
apply to financial subsidiaries. “Covered transactions” are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit, as well as a
purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve Board) from the
affiliate, certain derivative transactions that create a credit exposure to an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate
as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.
Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which generally requires that certain
transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons. The Federal Reserve Board has also
issued Regulation W which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretive
guidance with respect to affiliate transactions.
The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred
to herein as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries
and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan
can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the
institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject
to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.
Restrictions on Distribution of Subsidiary Bank Dividends and Assets. Dividends paid by the Bank have provided a substantial
part of the Company’s operating funds and for the foreseeable future it is anticipated that dividends paid by the Bank to the Company
will continue to be the Company’s principal source of operating funds. Capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of
dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under federal law, the Bank cannot pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, the Bank will
be “undercapitalized.” The FDIC may declare a dividend payment to be unsafe and unsound even though the Bank would continue to
meet its capital requirements after the dividend. Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, its
right to participate in the distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon the subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to
9
the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event of a liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the
claims of depositors and other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of holders of any
obligation of the institution to its shareholders, including any depository institution holding company (such as the Company) or any
shareholder or creditor thereof.
Examinations. The FDIC periodically examines and evaluates state member banks. Based on such an evaluation, the FDIC may
revalue the assets of the institution and require that it establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the FDIC-
determined value and the book value of such assets. The Texas Department of Banking also conducts examinations of state banks but
may accept the results of a federal examination in lieu of conducting an independent examination. In addition, the FDIC and Texas
Department of Banking may elect to conduct a joint examination.
Audit Reports. Insured institutions with total assets of $500 million or more must submit annual audit reports prepared by
independent auditors to federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the institution’s holding company can be
used to satisfy this requirement. Auditors must receive examination reports, supervisory agreements and reports of enforcement
actions. For institutions with total assets of $1 billion or more, financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, management’s certifications concerning responsibility for the financial statements, internal controls and
compliance with legal requirements designated by the FDIC, and an attestation by the auditor regarding the statements of management
relating to the internal controls must be submitted. For institutions with total assets of more than $3 billion, independent auditors may
be required to review quarterly financial statements. FDICIA requires that independent audit committees be formed, consisting of
outside directors only. The committees of such institutions must include members with experience in banking or financial
management, must have access to outside counsel, and must not include representatives of large customers.
Capital Adequacy Requirements. The FDIC has adopted regulations establishing minimum requirements for the capital
adequacy of insured institutions. The FDIC may establish higher minimum requirements if, for example, a bank has previously
received special attention or has a high susceptibility to interest rate risk.
The FDIC’s risk-based capital guidelines generally require state banks to have a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-
weighted assets of 4.0% and a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. The capital categories have the same
definitions for the Bank as for the Company. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets
was 15.62% and its ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 16.81%.
The FDIC’s leverage guidelines require state banks to maintain Tier 1 capital of no less than 4.0% of average total assets, except
in the case of certain highly rated banks for which the requirement is 3.0% of average total assets. The Texas Department of Banking
has issued a policy which generally requires state chartered banks to maintain a leverage ratio (defined in accordance with federal
capital guidelines) of 5.0%. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio) was
7.75%.
Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies. The federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action”
with respect to capital-deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are
“well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “under capitalized,” “significantly under capitalized” and “critically under capitalized.”
A “well-capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or higher; a
leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher; and is not subject to any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific
capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated a composite 1 in its
most recent examination report and is not experiencing significant growth); and does not meet the criteria for a well capitalized bank.
A bank is “under capitalized” if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized. At December 31, 2011, the
Bank was classified as “well-capitalized” for purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations.
In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, agency regulations contain broad
restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and
expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital
distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be
undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.
As an institution’s capital decreases, the FDIC’s enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly undercapitalized
institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of
management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution
and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.
10
Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative
actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a
hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital.
Deposit Insurance Assessments. Substantially all of the deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the
FDIC and the Bank must pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC for such deposit insurance protection. The FDIC maintains
the DIF by designating a required reserve ratio. If the reserve ratio falls below the designated level, the FDIC must adopt a restoration
plan that provides that the DIF will return to an acceptable level generally within 5 years. The designated reserve ratio is currently set
at 2.00%. The FDIC has the discretion to price deposit insurance according to the risk for all insured institutions regardless of the level
of the reserve ratio.
The DIF reserve ratio is maintained by assessing depository institutions an insurance premium based upon statutory factors.
Under its current regulations, the FDIC imposes assessments for deposit insurance according to a depository institution’s ranking in
one of four risk categories based upon supervisory and capital evaluations. The assessment rate for an individual institution is
determined according to a formula based on a combination of weighted average CAMELS component ratings, financial ratios and, for
institutions that have long-term debt ratings, the average ratings of its long-term debt. Well-capitalized institutions (generally those
with CAMELS composite ratings of 1 or 2) are grouped in Risk Category I and the initial base assessment rate for deposit insurance is
set at an annual rate of between 12 and 16 basis points. The initial base assessment rate for institutions in Risk Categories II, III and
IV is set at annual rates of 22, 32 and 50 basis points, respectively. These initial base assessment rates are adjusted to determine an
institution’s final assessment rate based on its brokered deposits, secured liabilities and unsecured debt. Total base assessment rates
after adjustments range from 7 to 24 basis points for Risk Category I, 17 to 43 basis points for Risk Category II, 27 to 58 basis points
for Risk Category III, and 40 to 77.5 basis points for Risk Category IV.
In November, 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule that required all insured institutions with limited exceptions, to prepay their
estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The assessment, which
for the Company totaled $35.6 million, was calculated by taking the institution’s actual September 30, 2009 assessment base and
adjusting it quarterly by an estimated 5% annual growth rate through the end of 2012. Each institution records the entire amount of its
prepaid assessment as a prepaid expense, an asset on its balance sheet, as of December 30, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, and each
quarter thereafter, each institution records an expense, or a charge to earnings, for its quarterly assessment invoiced on its quarterly
statement and an offsetting credit to the prepaid assessment until the asset is exhausted.
On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule that amends its existing DIF restoration plan and implements certain
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. As of April 1, 2011 the assessment base is determined using average consolidated total assets
minus average tangible equity rather than the current assessment base of adjusted domestic deposits. Since the change resulted in a
much larger assessment base, the final rule also lowers the assessment rates in order to keep the total amount collected from financial
institutions relatively unchanged from the amounts currently being collected. The new assessment rates, calculated on the revised
assessment base, generally range from 2.5 to 9 basis points for Risk Category I institutions, 9 to 24 basis points for Risk Category II
institutions, 18 to 33 basis points for Risk Category III institutions, and 30 to 45 basis points for Risk Category IV institutions. For
large institutions (generally those with total assets of $10 billion or more), which as of December 31, 2011 did not include the Bank,
the initial base assessment rate ranges from 5 to 35 basis points on an annualized basis. After the effect of potential base-rate
adjustments, the total base assessment rate could range from 2.5 to 45 basis points on an annualized basis. Assessment rates for large
institutions are calculated using a scorecard that combines CAMELS ratings and certain forward-looking financial measures to assess
the risk a large institution poses to the DIF. The new assessment rates were calculated for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011 and
reflected in invoices for assessments due September 30, 2011.
Brokered Deposit Restrictions. Adequately capitalized institutions cannot accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits except
with a waiver from the FDIC, and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on any deposits. Undercapitalized
institutions may not accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits.
Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Regulations. The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have
promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides
that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development, and
other land represent 100% or more of total capital or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm residential
properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total capital and the bank’s
commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Owner occupied loans are excluded from
this second category. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address the
following key elements: including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of
underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased
capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending.
11
Cross-Guarantee Provisions. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) contains
a “cross-guarantee” provision which generally makes commonly controlled insured depository institutions liable to the FDIC for any
losses incurred in connection with the failure of a commonly controlled depository institution.
Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet the
credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of
the banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when
considering applications to establish branches, merger applications and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of
another bank. FIRREA requires federal banking agencies to make public a rating of a bank’s performance under the CRA. In the case
of a bank holding company, the CRA performance record of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed in connection with the
filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company.
An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction.
Consumer Laws and Regulations. In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, the Bank is also subject to certain
consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. While the list set forth herein is not
exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act,
the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, and the Fair Housing Act, among others. These laws and
regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers
when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. The Bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer
protection laws and regulations as part of their ongoing customer relations.
Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Legislation. A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in
recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA
Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant
new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the
United States. The United States Treasury Department has issued and, in some cases, proposed a number of regulations that apply
various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to
maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to
verify the identity of their customers. Certain of those regulations impose specific due diligence requirements on financial institutions
that maintain correspondent or private banking relationships with non-U.S. financial institutions or persons. Failure of a financial
institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of
the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation. The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with
designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by
the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take
many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or
investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country
and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-
related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated
nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including
property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out,
withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have
serious legal and reputational consequences.
Privacy. In addition to expanding the activities in which banks and bank holding companies may engage, the Gramm-Leach-
Bliley Act also imposed new requirements on financial institutions with respect to customer privacy. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
generally prohibits disclosure of customer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the customer has been given the
opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy
policies to customers annually. Financial institutions, however, will be required to comply with state law if it is more protective of
customer privacy than the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
Legislative Initiatives
In light of current conditions and the market outlook for continuing weak economic conditions, regulators have increased their
focus on the regulation of financial institutions. A number of government initiatives designed to respond to the current conditions have
been introduced recently and proposals for legislation that could substantially intensify the regulation of financial institutions have
been adopted by Congress and state legislatures. Such initiatives may change banking statutes and the operating environment of the
Company and the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. The Company cannot determine the ultimate effect that any potential
legislation, if enacted, or implementing regulations with respect thereto, would have, upon the financial condition or results of
operations of the Company or the Bank. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the
Bank could have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company and the Bank.
12
Dodd-Frank Act. In July 2010, Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Act regulatory reform legislation, which the President signed
into law on July 21, 2010. Many aspects of the Dodd–Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking and will take effect over several
years, making it difficult for the Company to anticipate the overall financial impact to it or across the industry. This new law broadly
affects the financial services industry by implementing changes to the financial regulatory landscape aimed at strengthening the sound
operation of the financial services sector, including provisions that, among other things:
• Create a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), responsible for implementing, examining and
enforcing compliance with federal consumer protection laws;
• Apply the same leverage and risk–based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank
holding companies, which, among other things, will require the Company to deduct all trust preferred securities issued on
or after May 19, 2010 from the Company’s Tier 1 capital (existing trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010
for all bank holding companies with less than $15.0 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009 are exempt
from this requirement);
• Broaden the base for FDIC insurance assessments from the amount of insured deposits to average total consolidated assets
•
•
less average tangible equity during the assessment period;
Permanently increase FDIC deposit insurance to $250,000 and provide unlimited FDIC deposit insurance beginning
December 31, 2010 until January 1, 2013 for noninterest bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository
institutions;
Permit banks to engage in de novo interstate branching if the laws of the state where the new branch is to be established
would permit the establishment of the branch if it were chartered by such state;
• Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to
pay interest on business transaction and other accounts;
• Require financial holding companies, such as the Company, to be well capitalized and well managed as of July 21, 2011.
Bank holding companies and banks must also be both well capitalized and well managed in order to acquire banks located
outside their home state;
Eliminate the ceiling on the size of the DIF and increase the floor of the size of the DIF;
Implement corporate governance revisions, including with regard to executive compensation and proxy access by
shareholders, that apply to all public companies, not just financial institutions;
•
•
• Amend the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (“EFTA”) to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve Board the authority to
establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers, such as the
Bank, having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and
proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer through regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board in
June 2011, which set a maximum permissible interchange fee; and
Increase the authority of the Federal Reserve Board to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries.
•
The Dodd-Frank Act also authorized the Federal Reserve Board to adopt enhanced supervision and prudential standards for,
among others, bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more (often referred to as “systemically
important financial institutions” or “SIFI”), and authorized the Federal Reserve Board to establish such standards either on its own or
upon the recommendations of the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”), a new systemic risk oversight body created by the
Dodd-Frank Act. In December 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued for public comment a notice of proposed rulemaking
establishing enhanced prudential standards responsive to these provisions for (i) risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits,
(ii) stress testing of capital, (iii) liquidity requirements (iv) overall risk management requirements (v) resolution plan and credit
exposure reporting and (vi) concentration/credit exposure limits. Comments on these proposed rules (the “Proposed SIFI Rules”), are
due by March 31, 2012. The Proposed SIFI Rules address a wide, diverse array of regulatory areas, each of which is highly complex.
Most of the Proposed SIFI Rules will not apply to the Company as its total consolidated assets remain below $50 billion. However,
two aspects of the Proposed SIFI Rules apply to bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more (a)
requirements for annual stress testing of capital under one base and two stress scenarios and (b) certain corporate governance
provisions requiring, among other things, that each bank holding company establish a risk committee of its board of directors and that
that committee include a “risk expert.” While the Company and the Bank did not have total assets in excess of $10 billion as of
December 31, 2011, the Company may reach that threshold in the future due to its organic growth.
The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which has supervisory authority over depository institutions with total assets of $10
billion or greater. The CFPB will focus their supervision and regulatory efforts on (i) risks to consumers and compliance with the
federal consumer financial laws, when it evaluates the policies and practices of a financial institution; (ii) the markets in which firms
operate and risks to consumers posed by activities in those markets; (iii) depository institutions that offer a wide variety of consumer
financial products and services; depository institutions with a more specialized focus; and (iv) non-depository companies that offer
one or more consumer financial products or services. While the Company and the Bank did not have total assets in excess of $10
13
billion as of December 31, 2011, over the course of the next year, the Company and the Bank may become subject to the CFPB’s
supervision through organic growth.
The Company’s management continues to review actively the provisions of the Dodd–Frank Act and assess its probable impact
on its business, financial condition, and results of operations. Provisions in the legislation that affect deposit insurance assessments
and payment of interest on demand deposits could increase the costs associated with deposits as well as place limitations on certain
revenues those deposits may generate. Provisions in the legislation that revoke the Tier 1 capital treatment of newly issued trust
preferred securities could require the Company to seek other sources of capital in the future. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are
subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the
Company, its customers or the financial industry more generally.
Incentive Compensation. In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, OCC and FDIC issued comprehensive final guidance on
incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not
undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all
employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based
upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not
encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective
internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight
by the organization’s board of directors. Also, on April 14, 2011 the FDIC published a proposed interagency rule to implement certain
incentive compensation requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the proposed rule, financial institutions must prohibit incentive-
based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking that are deemed excessive or that may lead to material
losses.
The Federal Reserve Board will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation
arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will
be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive
compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be
incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other
actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-
management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking
prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.
Enforcement Powers of Federal and State Banking Agencies
The federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose
substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and appoint a conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with applicable laws,
regulations, and supervisory agreements could subject the Company or the Bank and their subsidiaries, as well as officers, directors,
and other institution-affiliated parties of these organizations, to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil money
penalties. In addition to the grounds discussed above under “—The Bank—Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies,” the
appropriate federal banking agency may appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for a banking institution (or the FDIC may
appoint itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of circumstances exist, including, without limitation, the
fact that the banking institution is undercapitalized and has no reasonable prospect of becoming adequately capitalized; fails to
become adequately capitalized when required to do so; fails to submit a timely and acceptable capital restoration plan; or materially
fails to implement an accepted capital restoration plan. The Texas Department of Banking also has broad enforcement powers over the
Bank, including the power to impose orders, remove officers and directors, impose fines and appoint supervisors and conservators.
Effect on Economic Environment
The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on
the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve Board to
affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank
borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to
influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on
loans or paid for deposits.
Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are
expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the business and
earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted.
14
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
An investment in the Company’s common stock involves risks. The following is a description of the material risks and
uncertainties that the Company believes affect its business and an investment in the common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties
that the Company is unaware of, or that it currently deems immaterial, also may become important factors that affect the Company
and its business. If any of the risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K were to occur, the Company’s financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of the common stock
could decline significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Associated with the Company’s Business
If the Company is not able to continue its historical levels of growth, it may not be able to maintain its historical earnings trends.
To achieve its past levels of growth, the Company has focused on both internal growth and acquisitions. The Company may not
be able to sustain its historical rate of growth or may not be able to grow at all. In addition, the Company may not be able to obtain the
financing necessary to fund additional growth and may not be able to find suitable candidates for acquisition. Various factors, such as
economic conditions and competition, may impede or prohibit the opening of new banking centers. Further, the Company may be
unable to attract and retain experienced bankers, which could adversely affect its internal growth. If the Company is not able to
continue its historical levels of growth, it may not be able to maintain its historical earnings trends.
If the Company is unable to manage its growth effectively, its operations could be negatively affected.
Companies that experience rapid growth face various risks and difficulties, including:
•
•
finding suitable markets for expansion;
finding suitable candidates for acquisition;
attracting funding to support additional growth;
•
• maintaining asset quality;
•
• maintaining adequate regulatory capital.
attracting and retaining qualified management; and
In addition, in order to manage its growth and maintain adequate information and reporting systems within its organization, the
Company must identify, hire and retain additional qualified associates, particularly in the accounting and operational areas of its
business.
If the Company does not manage its growth effectively, its business, financial condition, results of operations and future
prospects could be negatively affected, and the Company may not be able to continue to implement its business strategy and
successfully conduct its operations.
Difficult market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected the banking industry and could adversely affect the
Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The Company is operating in a challenging and uncertain economic environment, including generally uncertain conditions
nationally and locally in its markets. Financial institutions continue to be affected by declines in the real estate market that have
negatively impacted the credit performance of 1-4 family residential, construction and land development and commercial real estate
loans and resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. The Company retains direct exposure to the
residential and commercial real estate markets, and it is affected by these events.
•
The Company’s ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in its loan portfolio is
made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions. A prolonged national economic recession or further
deterioration of these conditions in the Company’s markets could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in its allowance for
credit losses and result in the following consequences:
increases in loan delinquencies;
increases in nonperforming assets and foreclosures;
decreases in demand for the Company’s products and services, which could adversely affect its liquidity position; and
decreases in the value of the collateral securing the Company’s loans, especially real estate, which could reduce customers’
borrowing power.
•
•
•
While economic conditions in the State of Texas and the U.S. are showing signs of recovery, there can be no assurance that
these difficult conditions will continue to improve. Continued declines in real estate values, home sales volumes and financial stress
15
on borrowers as a result of the uncertain economic environment, including job losses, could have an adverse effect on the Company’s
borrowers or their customers, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
Liquidity risk could impair the Company’s ability to fund operations and jeopardize its financial condition.
Liquidity is essential to the Company’s business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and
other sources could have a substantial negative effect on its liquidity. The Company’s access to funding sources in amounts adequate
to finance its activities or on terms which are acceptable to it could be impaired by factors that affect the Company specifically or the
financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact the Company’s access to liquidity sources
include a decrease in the level of its business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which its loans are concentrated or
adverse regulatory action against it. The Company’s ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to it, such
as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in
light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets.
If the Company is unable to identify and acquire other financial institutions and successfully integrate its acquired businesses, its
business and earnings may be negatively affected.
The market for acquisitions remains highly competitive, and the Company may be unable to find acquisition candidates in the
future that fit its acquisition and growth strategy. To the extent that the Company is unable to find suitable acquisition candidates, an
important component of its growth strategy may be lost.
Acquisitions of financial institutions involve operational risks and uncertainties and acquired companies may have unforeseen
liabilities, exposure to asset quality problems, key employee and customer retention problems and other problems that could
negatively affect the Company’s organization. The Company may not be able to complete future acquisitions and, if completed, the
Company may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, management, products and services of the entities that it acquires
and eliminate redundancies. The integration process could result in the loss of key employees or disruption of the combined entity’s
ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the Company’s ability to
maintain relationships with customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the transaction. The integration process
may also require significant time and attention from the Company’s management that they would otherwise direct at servicing existing
business and developing new business. The Company’s failure to successfully integrate the entities it acquires into its existing
operations may increase its operating costs significantly and adversely affect its business and earnings.
The Company’s dependence on loans secured by real estate subjects it to risks relating to fluctuations in the real estate market and
related interest rates and regulatory guidance that could require additional capital and could adversely affect its financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Approximately 85.3% of the Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2011 consisted of loans included in the real estate loan
portfolio with 12.8% in construction and land development, 30.6% in residential real estate and 41.9% in commercial real estate. The
real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate
in value during the time the credit is extended. A weakening of the real estate market in the Company’s primary market areas could
have an adverse effect on the demand for new loans, the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, the value of real estate and
other collateral securing the loans and the value of real estate owned by the Company. If real estate values decline, it is also more
likely that the Company would be required to increase its allowance for credit losses, which could adversely affect its financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $482.1 million or 12.8% of total loans in construction and land development loans.
Construction loans are subject to risks during the construction phase that are not present in standard residential real estate and
commercial real estate loans. These risks include:
the viability of the contractor;
the contractor’s ability to complete the project, to meet deadlines and time schedules and to stay within cost estimates; and
concentrations of such loans with a single contractor and its affiliates.
•
•
•
Real estate construction loans also present risks of default in the event of declines in property values or volatility in the real
estate market during the construction phase. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, it may not be able
to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan, may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to
hold the property for an indeterminate amount of time. If any of these risks were to occur, it could adversely affect the Company’s
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
16
The federal banking agencies have issued guidance regarding high concentrations of commercial real estate loans within bank
loan portfolios. The guidance requires financial institutions that exceed certain levels of commercial real estate lending compared with
their total capital to maintain heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: including board and
management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and
monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of
commercial real estate lending. If there is any deterioration in the Company’s commercial mortgage or construction and land
development portfolios or if its regulators conclude that the Company has not implemented appropriate risk management practices, it
could adversely affect the Company’s business and result in a requirement of increased capital levels, and such capital may not be
available at that time.
The Company’s commercial mortgage and commercial loans expose it to increased credit risks, and these risks will increase if the
Company succeeds in increasing these types of loans.
The Company, while maintaining its conservative approach to lending, has emphasized both new and existing loan products,
focusing on managing its commercial mortgage and commercial loan portfolios, and intends to continue to increase its lending
activities and acquire loans in possible future acquisitions. As a result, commercial real estate and commercial loans as a proportion of
its portfolio could increase. As of December 31, 2011, commercial real estate and commercial loans totaled $1.76 billion. In general,
commercial real estate loans and commercial loans yield higher returns and often generate a deposit relationship, but also pose greater
credit risks than do owner-occupied residential real estate loans. As the Company’s various commercial loan portfolios increase, the
corresponding risks and potential for losses from these loans will also increase.
The Company makes both secured and some unsecured commercial loans. Unsecured loans generally involve a higher degree of
risk of loss than do secured loans because, without collateral, repayment is wholly dependent upon the success of the borrowers’
businesses. Secured commercial loans are generally collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other assets owned
by the borrower and include a personal guaranty of the business owner. Compared to real estate, that type of collateral is more difficult
to monitor, its value is harder to ascertain, it may depreciate more rapidly and it may not be as readily saleable if repossessed. Further,
commercial loans generally will be serviced primarily from the operation of the business, which may not be successful, and
commercial mortgage loans generally will be serviced from income on the properties securing the loans.
The Company’s business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect its earnings and
capital levels.
The majority of the Company’s assets are monetary in nature and, as a result, the Company is subject to significant risk from
changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can impact the Company’s net interest income as well as the valuation of its assets
and liabilities. The Company’s earnings are significantly dependent on its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference
between the interest income earned on loans, investments and other interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits,
borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Therefore, any change in general market interest rates, such as a change in the
monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board or otherwise, can have a significant effect on the Company’s net interest income. The
Company’s assets and liabilities may react differently to changes in overall market rates or conditions because there may be
mismatches between the repricing or maturity characteristics of the assets and liabilities.
The Company’s profitability depends significantly on local economic conditions.
The Company’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the primary markets in Texas in which it
operates and where its loans are concentrated. Unlike nationwide banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company
provides banking and financial services to customers primarily in the greater Houston and Dallas/Fort Worth metropolitan areas and in
the east, central, north central, south central and southeast areas of Texas. The local economic conditions in these areas have a
significant impact on the Company’s commercial, real estate and construction and land development loans, the ability of its borrowers
to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. In addition, if the population or income growth in the
Company’s market areas is slower than projected, income levels, deposits and housing starts could be adversely affected and could
result in a reduction of the Company’s expansion, growth and profitability. Although economic conditions in Texas have not
deteriorated to the same extent as in other areas of the country, such conditions could decline further. If the Company’s market areas
experience a downturn or a recession for a prolonged period of time, the Company could experience significant increases in
nonperforming loans, which could lead to operating losses, impaired liquidity and eroding capital. A significant decline in general
economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, outbreaks of hostilities or other international or domestic
calamities, unemployment or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the Company’s
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
17
The Company’s allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover actual credit losses, which could adversely affect its
earnings.
As a lender, the Company is exposed to the risk that its loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of these
loans and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to fully compensate the Company for the outstanding
balance of the loan plus the costs to dispose of the collateral. Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the
collectability of the Company’s loan portfolio, including the diversification by industry of its commercial loan portfolio, the amount of
nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, growth and composition of its loan portfolio, the effects on the loan portfolio
of current economic indicators and their probable impact on borrowers and the evaluation of its loan portfolio through its internal loan
review process and other relevant factors.
The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses in an attempt to cover estimated losses inherent in its loan portfolio.
Additional credit losses will likely occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than the Company has experienced to date. In
determining the size of the allowance, the Company relies on an analysis of its loan portfolio, its historical loss experience and its
evaluation of general economic conditions. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information
regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of the Company’s
control, may require an increase in the allowance for credit losses. If the Company’s assumptions prove to be incorrect or if it
experiences significant loan losses in future periods, its current allowance may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses and
adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in its loan portfolio. A material
addition to the allowance could cause net income, and possibly capital, to decrease.
In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the Company’s allowance for credit losses and may require the
Company to increase its provision for credit losses or recognize further charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of the
Company’s management. An increase in the Company’s allowance for credit losses or charge-offs as required by these regulatory
agencies could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results and financial condition.
The small to medium-sized businesses that the Company lends to may have fewer resources to weather a downturn in the economy,
which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan to the Company that could materially harm the Company’s operating
results.
The Company targets its business development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services
needs of small to medium-sized businesses. These small to medium-sized businesses frequently have smaller market share than their
competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may
experience significant volatility in operating results. Any one or more of these factors may impair the borrower’s ability to repay a
loan. In addition, the success of a small to medium-sized business often depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two
persons or a small group of persons, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material
adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay a loan. Economic downturns and other events that negatively impact the
Company’s market areas could cause the Company to incur substantial credit losses that could negatively affect the Company’s results
of operations and financial condition.
If the goodwill that the Company recorded in connection with a business acquisition becomes impaired, it could require charges to
earnings, which would have a negative impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Goodwill represents the amount by which the acquisition cost exceeds the fair value of net assets the Company acquired in the
purchase of another financial institution. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events
or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the asset might be impaired.
The Company determines impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying
amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an
impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in the Company’s results of
operations in the periods in which they become known. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s goodwill totaled $924.5 million. While
the Company has not recorded any such impairment charges since it initially recorded the goodwill, there can be no assurance that the
Company’s future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which may have a
material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.
The Company may be required to pay higher FDIC deposit insurance assessments in the future.
Recent insured depository institution failures, as well as deterioration in banking and economic conditions generally, have
significantly increased the loss provisions of the FDIC, resulting in a decline in the designated reserve ratio of the FDIC to historical
lows. The FDIC expects a higher rate of insured depository institution failures in the next few years compared to recent years; thus,
the reserve ratio may continue to decline. In addition, the deposit insurance limit on FDIC deposit insurance coverage generally has
increased to $250,000. These developments have resulted in increased FDIC assessments in 2009 and 2010 and may result in
increased assessments in the future.
18
On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule that amends its existing DIF restoration plan and implements certain
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Effective April 1, 2011 the assessment base is determined using average consolidated total assets
minus average tangible equity rather than the previous assessment base of adjusted domestic deposits. The new assessment rates,
calculated on the revised assessment base generally range from 2.5 to 9 basis points for Risk Category I institutions, 9 to 24 basis
points for Risk Category II institutions, 18 to 33 basis points for Risk Category III institutions, and 30 to 45 basis points for Risk
Category IV institutions. The new assessment rates were calculated for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011 and reflected in invoices
for assessments due September 30, 2011.
The final rule provides the FDIC’s board with the flexibility to adopt actual rates that are higher or lower than the total base
assessment rates adopted on February 7, 2011 without notice and comment, if certain conditions are met. An increase in the
assessment rates could have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the
Company’s FDIC insurance related costs were $8.3 million compared with $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. The Company
has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial
services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these
transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit
risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to
recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect
on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.
The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide it with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to
meet its commitments and business needs. In addition, the Company may elect to raise additional capital to support its business or to
finance acquisitions, if any. The Company’s ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things,
conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of its control, and its financial performance. Accordingly, the
Company cannot assure you that such capital will be available to it on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit its
access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of investors, depositors of Prosperity Bank or counterparties
participating in the capital markets, may adversely affect the Company’s capital costs and its ability to raise capital and, in turn, its
liquidity. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could subject the Company to increased regulatory
supervision and the imposition of restrictions on its growth or business, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s
business, financial condition and results of operations.
An interruption in or breach in security of the Company’s information systems may result in a loss of customer business and have
an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or
breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, general
ledger, deposits, servicing or loan origination systems. Although the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or
minimize the effect of a failure, interruption or breach in security of its communications or information systems, there can be no
assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur, or if they do occur, that they will be adequately
addressed by the Company. The occurrence of any such failures, interruptions or security breaches could result in a loss of customer
business and have a negative effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The business of the Company is dependent on technology and the Company’s inability to invest in technological improvements
may adversely affect its results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven
products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables
financial institutions to reduce costs. The Company’s future success depends in part upon its ability to address the needs of its
customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as create
additional efficiencies in its operations. Many of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in
technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or
be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers, which may negatively affect the Company’s results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.
19
The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, is subject to extensive regulation and supervision; and
changes in federal, state and local laws and regulations could adversely affect its financial performance.
The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are
primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not the Company’s
shareholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and
growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for
possible changes. Any change in applicable regulations or federal or state legislation could have a substantial impact on the Company,
the Bank and their respective operations.
The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes
in light of the recent performance of and government intervention in the financial services sector. Additional legislation and
regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could
significantly affect the Company’s powers, authority and operations, or the powers, authority and operations of the Bank in substantial
and unpredictable ways. Further, regulators have significant discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or
violations of laws by banks and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. The exercise
of this regulatory discretion and power could have a negative impact on the Company. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or
policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is subject to losses resulting from fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, correspondents or
other third parties.
The Company relies heavily upon information supplied by third parties, including the information contained in credit
applications, property appraisals, title information, equipment pricing and valuation and employment and income documentation, in
deciding which loans the Company will originate, as well as the terms of those loans. If any of the information upon which the
Company relies is misrepresented, either fraudulently or inadvertently, and the misrepresentation is not detected prior to asset funding,
the value of the asset may be significantly lower than expected, or the Company may fund a loan that it would not have funded or on
terms it would not have extended. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the applicant or another third party, the Company generally
bears the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. A loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically unsellable or
subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection of the misrepresentation. The sources of the misrepresentations are often difficult to
locate, and it is often difficult to recover any of the monetary losses the Company may suffer.
The recent repeal of federal prohibitions on payment of interest on demand deposits could increase the Company’s interest
expense.
All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part
of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions can now offer interest on demand deposits to
compete for clients. The Company’s interest expense will increase and its net interest margin will decrease if it begins offering
interest on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers, which could have an adverse effect on the
Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.
A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the
Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic
substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation
costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses
and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition,
future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Company’s
exposure to environmental liability. Although the Company has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before
initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards.
The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect
on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
20
Risks Associated with the Company’s Common Stock
The Company’s corporate organizational documents and the provisions of Texas law to which it is subject may delay or prevent a
change in control of the Company that a shareholder may favor.
The Company’s amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain various provisions
which may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change of control of the Company. These provisions include:
•
•
•
•
a board of directors classified into three classes of directors with the directors of each class having staggered three-year
terms;
a provision that any special meeting of the Company’s shareholders may be called only by the chairman of the board and
chief executive officer, the president, a majority of the board of directors or the holders of at least 50% of the Company’s
shares entitled to vote at the meeting;
a provision establishing certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates for election as directors and for
shareholder proposals to be considered at an annual or special meeting of shareholders; and
a provision that denies shareholders the right to amend the Company’s bylaws.
The Company’s articles of incorporation provide for noncumulative voting for directors and authorize the board of directors to
issue shares of its preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as the board of directors may determine. The
issuance of the Company’s preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of
discouraging a third party from acquiring, a controlling interest in the Company. In addition, certain provisions of Texas law,
including a provision which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and certain affiliated shareholders,
may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control of the Company.
There are restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends.
Holders of the Company’s common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as the Company’s Board of Directors may
declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although the Company has historically declared cash dividends on its
common stock, it is not required to do so and there can be no assurance that the Company will pay dividends in the future. Any
declaration and payment of dividends on common stock will depend upon the Company’s earnings and financial condition, liquidity
and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, the Company’s ability to service any equity or debt obligations
senior to the common stock and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.
The Company’s principal source of funds to pay dividends on the shares of common stock is cash dividends that the Company
receives from the Bank. Various banking laws applicable to the Bank limit the payment of dividends and other distributions by the
Bank to the Company, and may therefore limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock. Regulatory authorities
could impose administratively stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company if such limits were
deemed appropriate to preserve certain capital adequacy requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank
holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy in relation to the organization’s overall asset quality, level of current
and prospective earnings and level, composition and quality of capital. The guidance provides that the Company inform and consult
with the Federal Reserve Board prior to declaring and paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is
being paid or that could result in an adverse change to the Company’s capital structure, including interest on the subordinated
debentures underlying the Company’s trust preferred securities. If required payments on the Company’s outstanding junior
subordinated debentures held by its unconsolidated subsidiary trusts are not made or are suspended, the Company will be prohibited
from paying dividends on its common stock.
The holders of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures have rights that are senior to those of the Company’s shareholders.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $85.1 million in junior subordinated debentures outstanding that were issued to the
Company’s unconsolidated subsidiary trusts. The subsidiary trusts purchased the junior subordinated debentures from the Company
using the proceeds from the sale of trust preferred securities to third party investors. Payments of the principal and interest on the trust
preferred securities are conditionally guaranteed by the Company to the extent not paid or made by each trust, provided the trust has
funds available for such obligations.
The junior subordinated debentures are senior to the Company’s shares of common stock. As a result, the Company must make
interest payments on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) before any dividends can be paid on
its common stock; and, in the event of the Company’s bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the debentures must be
satisfied before any distributions can be made to the holders of the common stock. Additionally, the Company has the right to defer
periodic distributions on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) for up to five years, during
which time the Company would be prohibited from paying dividends on its common stock. The Company’s ability to pay the future
distributions depends upon the earnings of the Bank and dividends from the Bank to the Company, which may be inadequate to
service the obligations.
21
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
As of December 31, 2011, the Company conducted business at one hundred seventy-five (175) full-service banking centers. The
Company’s headquarters are located at Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe, in the Galleria area in Houston, Texas. The Company
also owns or leases other facilities in which its banking centers are located as listed below by geographical market area. The expiration
dates of the leases range from 2012 to 2025 and do not include renewal periods which may be available at the Company’s option.
The following table sets forth specific information regarding the banking centers located in each of the Company’s geographical
market areas at December 31, 2011:
Geographical Area
Number of
Banking Centers
Number of
Leased Banking Centers
Bryan/College Station ...........................................................................
Houston area .........................................................................................
Central Texas area.................................................................................
Dallas/Fort Worth Texas area ...............................................................
East Texas area .....................................................................................
South Texas area including Corpus Christi ...........................................
Total ............................................................................................
10
60
33
31
21
20
175
— $
18
7
9
—
5
39 $
Deposits at
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in
thousands)
577,391
3,785,556
1,070,620
1,144,226
664,919
817,542
8,060,254
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company and the Bank are defendants, from time to time, in legal actions arising from transactions conducted in the
ordinary course of business. The Company and Bank believe, after consultations with legal counsel, that the ultimate liability, if any,
arising from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on their financial statements.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
None.
22
PART II.
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Common Stock Market Prices
The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PB.” Prior to December 28, 2011,
the Company’s common shares were listed for trading under the symbol “PRSP” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market
(“NASDAQ”). As of February 15, 2012, there were 47,233,431 shares outstanding and 1,925 shareholders of record. The number of
beneficial owners is unknown to the Company at this time.
The following table presents the high and low intra-day sales prices for the common stock as reported by NASDAQ (through
December 27, 2011) or the New York Stock Exchange (beginning December 28, 2011) during the two years ended December 31,
2011:
2011
Fourth Quarter ........................................................................................................................$
Third Quarter ..........................................................................................................................
Second Quarter .......................................................................................................................
First Quarter ............................................................................................................................
High
41.74 $
46.87
46.75
42.92
2010
Fourth Quarter ........................................................................................................................$
Third Quarter ..........................................................................................................................
Second Quarter .......................................................................................................................
First Quarter ............................................................................................................................
High
39.96 $
36.05
43.66
42.55
Low
31.31
30.91
40.83
38.23
Low
30.37
28.27
34.31
37.93
Dividends
Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors out of
funds legally available therefore. While the Company has declared dividends on its common stock since 1994, and paid quarterly
dividends aggregating $0.72 per share in 2011 and $0.64 per share in 2010, there is no assurance that the Company will continue to
pay dividends in the future. Future dividends on the common stock will depend upon the Company’s earnings and financial condition,
liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, the Company’s ability to service any equity or debt
obligations senior to the common stock and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors of the Company.
As a holding company, the Company is ultimately dependent upon its subsidiaries to provide funding for its operating expenses,
debt service and dividends. Various banking laws applicable to the Bank limit the payment of dividends and other distributions by the
Bank to the Company, and may therefore limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock. Regulatory authorities
could impose administratively stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company if such limits were
deemed appropriate to preserve certain capital adequacy requirements.
In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy
in relation to the organization’s overall asset quality, level of current and prospective earnings and level, composition and quality of
capital. The guidance provides that the Company inform and consult with the Federal Reserve Board prior to declaring and paying a
dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in an adverse change to the
Company’s capital structure, including interest on the subordinated debentures underlying the Company’s trust preferred securities. If
required payments on the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated debentures held by its unconsolidated subsidiary trusts are not
made or suspended, the Company will be prohibited from paying dividends on its common stock.
The cash dividends declared per share by quarter (and paid on the first business day of the subsequent quarter except for the
fourth quarter of 2010 which was paid on December 31, 2010) for the Company’s last two fiscal years were as follows:
Fourth quarter .............................................................................................................$
Third quarter ...............................................................................................................
Second quarter ............................................................................................................
First quarter .................................................................................................................
2011
0.1950
0.1750
0.1750
0.1750
$
2010
0.1750
0.1550
0.1550
0.1550
23
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding stock options granted under three stock option plans, all of which were
approved by the Company’s shareholders. As of such date, the Company also had outstanding stock options granted under stock
option plans that it assumed in connection with various acquisition transactions. The following table provides information as of
December 31, 2011 regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans under which the Company’s equity securities are authorized
for issuance:
Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders ...........
Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders .......................................................................
Total ...................................................................................
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))
(c)
525,012(1) $
—
525,012
$
28.18
—
28.18
544,791
—
544,791
(1)
Includes (a) 11,698 shares which may be issued upon exercise of options outstanding assumed by the Company in connection
with the acquisition of SNB Bancshares, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price of $16.39.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
Performance Graph
The following Performance Graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock for the
period beginning at the close of trading on December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2011, with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500
Total Return Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index for the same period. Dividend reinvestment has been assumed. The Performance
Graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2006 in the Company’s common stock, the S&P 500 Total Return Index and the
Nasdaq Bank Index. The historical stock price performance for the Company’s common stock shown on the graph below is not
necessarily indicative of future stock performance.
24
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., the S&P 500 Index, and the NASDAQ Bank Index
$140
$120
$100
$80
$60
$40
$20
$0
12/06
12/07
12/08
12/09
12/10
12/11
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
S&P 500
NASDAQ Bank
*$100 invested on 12/31/06 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.
12/06
12/07
12/08
12/09
12/10
12/11
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
S&P 500
NASDAQ Bank
100.00
100.00
100.00
86.37
105.49
76.94
88.49
66.46
64.14
123.29
84.05
53.93
121.80
96.71
61.47
127.45
98.75
54.83
Copyright© 2012 Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved. (www.researchdatagroup.com/S&P.htm)
25
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data of the Company for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the five-year
period ended December 31, 2011 is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial
statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Income Statement Data:
Interest income ............................................... $
Interest expense ..............................................
Net interest income ...............................
Provision for credit losses ..............................
Net interest income after provision
for credit losses ................................
Noninterest income ........................................
Noninterest expense .......................................
Income before taxes ..............................
Provision for income taxes .............................
Net income ..................................................... $
Per Share Data:
Basic earnings per share ................................ $
Diluted earnings per share..............................
Book value per share ......................................
Cash dividends declared ................................
Dividend payout ratio ....................................
Weighted average shares outstanding
(basic) (in thousands) ................................
Weighted average shares outstanding
(diluted) (in thousands) .............................
Shares outstanding at end of period
(in thousands) ............................................
$
$
$
2011(1)
371,908
45,240
326,668
5,200
321,468
56,043
163,745
213,766
72,017
141,749
3.03
3.01
33.41
0.72
23.80%
46,846
47,017
46,910
2010(1)
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
2009
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2008
$
$
$
$
$
$
384,537
66,389
318,148
13,585
304,563
53,833
166,594
191,802
64,094
127,708
2.74
2.73
31.11
0.64
23.37%
46,621
46,832
46,684
409,614
102,513
307,101
28,775
278,326
60,097
169,700
168,723
56,844
111,879
2.42
2.41
29.03
0.57
23.45%
46,177
46,354
46,541
$
$
$
347,878
120,149
227,729
9,867
217,862
52,370
143,796
126,436
41,929
84,507(2)
1.87(2)
1.86(2)
27.24
0.51
27.66%
45,300
45,479
46,080
2007
340,608
140,173
200,435
760
199,675
52,923
126,843
125,755
41,604
84,151(2)
1.96(2)
1.94(2)
25.51
0.46
24.15%
42,928
43,310
44,188
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Total assets ..................................................... $ 9,822,671
Securities ........................................................ 4,658,936
Loans .............................................................. 3,765,906
51,594
Allowance for credit losses ............................
945,533
Total goodwill and intangibles .......................
8,328
Other real estate owned ................................
Total deposits ................................................. 8,060,254
12,790
Borrowings and notes payable .......................
85,055(3)
Junior subordinated debentures ......................
Total shareholders’ equity .............................. 1,567,265
$ 9,476,572
4,617,116
3,485,023
51,584
953,034
11,053
7,454,920
374,433
92,265
1,452,339
$ 8,850,400
4,118,290
3,376,703
51,863
912,372
7,829
7,258,550
98,736
92,265
1,351,245
$ 9,072,364
4,160,401
3,567,057
36,970
912,850
4,450
7,303,297
325,412
92,265
1,255,106
$ 6,372,343
1,857,606
3,142,971
32,543
799,978
10,207
4,966,407
116,047
112,885
1,127,431
(Table continued on next page)
26
2011(1)
Average Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets ..................................................... $ 9,628,884
Securities ........................................................ 4,625,833
Loans .............................................................. 3,648,701
51,871
Allowance for credit losses ............................
949,273
Total goodwill and intangibles .......................
Total deposits ................................................. 7,751,196
86,557
Junior subordinated debentures ......................
Total shareholders’ equity .............................. 1,513,749
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets ................................
Return on average equity ...............................
Net interest margin (tax equivalent) ...............
Efficiency ratio(6) ............................................
Asset Quality Ratios(7):
Nonperforming assets to total loans and
1.47%
9.36
3.98
42.76
0.32%
0.14
1.37
other real estate .........................................
Net charge-offs to average loans ....................
Allowance for credit losses to total loans ......
Allowance for credit losses to
nonperforming loans(8) ...............................
Capital Ratios(7):
Leverage ratio ................................................
Average shareholders’ equity to average
total assets .................................................
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio .........................
Total risk-based capital ratio ..........................
2010(1)
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
2009
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2008
$ 9,278,380
4,508,918
3,394,502
52,151
940,080
7,532,739
92,265
1,406,159
$ 8,851,694
4,052,989
3,455,761
42,279
914,384
7,212,015
92,265
1,304,749
$ 7,025,418
2,409,758
3,250,447
33,004
842,580
5,471,441
99,998
1,192,293
2007
$ 6,094,064
1,849,613
3,092,797
34,705
759,733
4,727,519
124,613
1,039,955
1.38%
9.08
4.04
44.83
0.45%
0.41
1.48
1.26%
8.57
4.08
46.27
0.48%
0.40
1.54
1.20%(4)
7.09(4)
3.96
46.51
1.38%(5)
8.09(5)
4.06
46.19
0.40%
0.23
1.04
0.49%
0.18
1.04
1,442.0
1,114.6
616.6
379.7
634.7
7.89%
6.87%
6.47%
5.68%
8.09%
15.72
15.90
17.09
15.16
13.64
14.87
14.74
12.61
13.86
16.97
10.27
11.17
17.07
13.13
14.11
(1) The Company completed no acquisitions during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and completed the acquisition of
three branches of U.S Bank on March 29, 2010 and the acquisition of nineteen branches of First Bank on April 30, 2010.
(2) Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes a $14.0 million pre-tax, or $9.1 million after-tax, impairment charge
on write-down of securities which resulted in a decrease of basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.20 for the year ended
December 31, 2008. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes a $10.0 million pre-tax, or $6.5 million after-
tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities, which resulted in a decrease of basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.15
for the year ended December 31, 2007.
(3) Consists of $15.5 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust II due July 31, 2031, $12.9 million of
junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust III due September 17, 2033, $12.9 million of junior subordinated
debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust IV due December 30, 2033, $10.3 million of junior subordinated debentures of SNB
Capital Trust IV due September 25, 2033 (assumed by the Company on April 1, 2006), $5.2 million of junior subordinated
debentures of TXUI Statutory Trust II due December 19, 2033 (assumed by the Company on January 3l, 2007), $16.0 million of
junior subordinated debentures of TXUI Statutory Trust III due December 15, 2035 (assumed by the Company on January 3l,
2007) and $12.4 million of junior subordinated debentures of TXUI Statutory Trust IV due June 30, 2036 (assumed by the
Company on January 3l, 2007).
Includes a $14.0 million pre-tax, or $9.1 million after-tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities, which resulted in a
decrease of return on average assets of 13 basis points and a decrease of return on average equity of 76 basis points for the year
ended December 31, 2008.
(4)
27
(5)
Includes a $10.0 million pre-tax, or $6.5 million after-tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities, which resulted in a
decrease of return on average assets of 11 basis points and a decrease of return on average equity of 63 basis points for the year
ended December 31, 2007.
(6) Calculated by dividing total noninterest expense, excluding credit loss provisions and impairment write-down on securities, by
net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding net gains and losses on the sale of securities and assets. Additionally,
taxes are not part of this calculation.
(7) At period end, except for net charge-offs to average loans and average shareholders’ equity to average total assets, which is for
periods ended at such dates.
(8) Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans, loans contractually past due 90 days or more, restructured loans and any other
loan management deems to be nonperforming.
28
ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Statements and financial discussion and analysis contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of
historical fact constitute forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and involve a number of risks and uncertainties,
many of which are beyond the Company’s control. Many possible events or factors could affect the future financial results and
performance of the Company and could cause such results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-
looking statements. These possible events or factors include, but are not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
changes in the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the
Company conducts operations resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality or reduced demand for
credit, including the result and effect on the Company’s loan portfolio and allowance for credit losses;
changes in interest rates and market prices, which could reduce the Company’s net interest margins, asset valuations and
expense expectations;
changes in the levels of loan prepayments and the resulting effects on the value of the Company’s loan portfolio;
changes in local economic and business conditions which adversely affect the Company’s customers and their ability to
transact profitable business with the company, including the ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans
according to their terms or a change in the value of the related collateral;
increased competition for deposits and loans adversely affecting rates and terms;
the timing, impact and other uncertainties of any future acquisitions, including the Company’s ability to identify suitable
future acquisition candidates, the success or failure in the integration of their operations, and the ability to enter new
markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;
the possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects on the results of
operations;
increased credit risk in the Company’s assets and increased operating risk caused by a material change in commercial,
consumer and/or real estate loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio;
the concentration of the Company’s loan portfolio in loans collateralized by real estate;
the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of and provisions made to the allowance for credit losses;
changes in the availability of funds resulting in increased costs or reduced liquidity;
a deterioration or downgrade in the credit quality and credit agency ratings of the securities in the Company’s securities
portfolio;
increased asset levels and changes in the composition of assets and the resulting impact on the Company’s capital levels
and regulatory capital ratios;
the Company’s ability to acquire, operate and maintain cost effective and efficient systems without incurring unexpectedly
difficult or expensive but necessary technological changes;
the loss of senior management or operating personnel and the potential inability to hire qualified personnel at reasonable
compensation levels;
government intervention in the U.S. financial system;
changes in statutes and government regulations or their interpretations applicable to financial holding companies and the
Company’s present and future banking and other subsidiaries, including changes in tax requirements and tax rates;
increases in FDIC deposit insurance assessments;
potential risk of environmental liability associated with lending activities;
the potential payment of interest on demand deposit accounts in order to effectively compete for clients;
acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, weather or other acts of God and
other matters beyond the Company’s control; and
other risks and uncertainties listed from time to time in the Company’s reports and documents filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
29
A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement.
The Company believes it has chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable. However, the Company
cautions you that assumptions or bases almost always vary from actual results, and the differences between assumptions or bases and
actual results can be material. Therefore, the Company cautions you not to place undue reliance on its forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly
update or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations analyzes the major elements of the
Company’s balance sheets and statements of income. This section should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated
financial statements and accompanying notes and other detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Overview
The Company generates the majority of its revenues from interest income on loans, service charges on customer accounts and
income from investment in securities. The revenues are partially offset by interest expense paid on deposits and other borrowings and
noninterest expenses such as administrative and occupancy expenses. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on
earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense on liabilities such as deposits and borrowings which are used to fund
those assets. Net interest income is the Company’s largest source of revenue. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income and margin. The Company has recognized increased net
interest income due primarily to an increase in the volume of interest-earning assets.
Three principal components of the Company’s growth strategy are internal growth, stringent cost control practices and
acquisitions, including strategic merger transactions and FDIC assisted transactions. The Company focuses on continual internal
growth. Each banking center is operated as a separate profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to its net interest income,
efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and overall profitability. Banking center presidents and managers are accountable for
performance in these areas and compensated accordingly. The Company also focuses on maintaining stringent cost control practices
and policies. The Company has centralized many of its critical operations, such as data processing and loan processing. Management
believes that this centralized infrastructure can accommodate substantial additional growth while enabling the Company to minimize
operational costs through certain economies of scale. The Company also intends to continue to seek expansion opportunities. On
March 29, 2010, the Company purchased three (3) retail branches of U.S. Bank. The three banking centers acquired by the Company
were the Texas locations U.S. Bank acquired from the FDIC on October 30, 2009 when U.S. Bank acquired the nine (9) subsidiary
banks of FBOP Corporation. On April 30, 2010, the Company purchased nineteen (19) Texas retail branches of First Bank, and
subsequently consolidated four (4) of these branches into nearby existing Company banking centers.
Net income was $141.7 million, $127.7 million and $111.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009,
respectively, and diluted earnings per share were $3.01, $2.73 and $2.41, respectively, for these same periods. The change in net
income during both 2011 and 2010 was principally due to an increase in net interest income resulting from balance sheet growth from
acquisitions, including the acquisition of three (3) branches of U.S. Bank and the acquisition of nineteen (19) branches of First Bank in
2010. Net income growth during 2009 resulted principally from an increase in net interest income. The Company posted returns on
average assets of 1.47%, 1.38% and 1.26% and returns on average equity of 9.36%, 9.08% and 8.57% for the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 42.76% in 2011, 44.83% in 2010 and 46.27%
in 2009. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total noninterest expense (excluding credit loss provisions and impairment
write-down on securities) by net interest income plus noninterest income (excluding net gains and losses on the sale of securities and
assets). Additionally, taxes are not part of this calculation.
30
Total assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $9.823 billion and $9.477 billion, respectively. Total deposits at
December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $8.060 billion and $7.455 billion, respectively. Total loans were $3.766 billion at December 31,
2011, an increase of $280.9 million or 8.1% compared with $3.485 billion at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, the
Company had $3.6 million in nonperforming loans and its allowance for credit losses was $51.6 million compared with $4.6 million in
nonperforming loans and an allowance for credit losses of $51.6 million at December 31, 2010. Shareholders’ equity was $1.567
billion and $1.452 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Recent Developments
Pending Acquisition of American State Financial Corporation – On February 27, 2012 the Company announced the signing of a
definitive agreement to acquire American State Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, American State Bank
(“ASB”), through the merger of American State Financial with and into the Company. ASB operates thirty-seven (37) banking
offices in eighteen (18) counties across West Texas. As of December 31, 2011, American State Financial, on a consolidated basis,
reported total assets of $3.08 billion, total loans of $1.21 billion and total deposits of $2.46 billion. Under the terms of the definitive
agreement, the Company will issue up to 8,525,000 shares of its common stock plus $178.5 million in cash for all outstanding shares
of American State Financial capital stock, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustment.
The merger has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies and is expected to close during the third quarter of
2012, although delays may occur. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, including the approval by American State
Financial’s shareholders and customary regulatory approvals. Operational integration is anticipated to begin during the third quarter of
2012.
Pending Acquisition of The Bank Arlington - On January 19, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire The Bank Arlington. The Bank Arlington operates one (1) banking office in Arlington, Texas, in the Dallas/Fort Worth
CMSA.
Under the terms of the definitive agreement, the Company will issue up to 138,600 shares of Company common stock for all
outstanding shares of The Bank Arlington capital stock, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustments. The transaction is
expected to close during the second quarter of 2012, although delays could occur.
Pending Acquisition of East Texas Financial Services, Inc. - On December 8, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire East Texas Financial Services, Inc. (OTC BB: FFBT) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Bank Texas
(“Firstbank”). Firstbank operates four (4) banking offices in the Tyler MSA, including three (3) locations in Tyler, Texas and one (1)
location in Gilmer, Texas.
Under the terms of the definitive agreement, the Company will issue up to 531,000 shares of Company common stock for all
outstanding shares of East Texas Financial Services capital stock, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustments. The
transaction is expected to close during the second quarter of 2012, although delays could occur.
Acquisition of Texas Bankers, Inc. - On January 1, 2012, the Company completed the previously announced acquisition of
Texas Bankers, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of Texas, Austin, Texas. The three (3) Bank of Texas banking offices in
the Austin, Texas CMSA consist of a location in Rollingwood, which upon operational integration will be consolidated with the
Company’s Westlake location and remain in Bank of Texas’ Rollingwood banking office; one banking center in downtown Austin,
which upon operational integration will be consolidated into the Company’s downtown Austin location; and another banking center in
Thorndale.
Under the terms of the agreement, the Company issued 314,953 shares of Company common stock for all outstanding shares
of Texas Bankers capital stock, which resulted in a premium of $5.2 million.
Critical Accounting Policies
The Company’s significant accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported. The Company’s accounting
policies are described in detail in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, appearing elsewhere is this Annual Report on Form
10-K. The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and
complexity:
Allowance for Credit Losses—The allowance for credit losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a
provision for credit losses. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate for estimated
losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management presents a monthly review of the
31
allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any
recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In making its evaluation, management considers factors such as historical loan
loss experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, the amount of nonperforming assets and related
collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the
borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review
process and other relevant factors. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is
available for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. Charge-offs occur when loans are deemed to be
uncollectible. The allowance for credit losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310,
“Receivables,” and allowance allocations determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.”
Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment
test at least annually, or more often, if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of Prosperity
Bank, the Company’s only reporting unit with assigned goodwill, is below the carrying value of its equity. Goodwill is tested for
impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit compared with
its carrying value. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, a second test is completed comparing the implied
fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value to measure the amount of impairment. The Company estimated the fair
value of its reporting unit through several valuation techniques that consider, among other things, the historical and current financial
position and results of operations of the Company, general economic and market conditions and exit prices for recent market
transactions. The Company had no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives at December 31, 2011. Other identifiable intangible
assets that are subject to amortization are amortized on an accelerated basis over the years expected to be benefited, which the
Company believes is between eight and ten years. These amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if circumstances
indicate their value may not be recoverable based on a comparison of fair value to carrying value. Based on the Company’s annual
goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 2011, management does not believe any of its goodwill is impaired as of December 31,
2011 because the fair value of the Company’s equity exceeded its carrying value. While the Company believes no impairment existed
at December 31, 2011 under accounting standards applicable at that date, different conditions or assumptions, or changes in cash flows
or profitability, if significantly negative or unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the outcome of the Company’s
impairment evaluation and financial condition or future results of operations.
Stock-Based Compensation—The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans using the fair value-based
method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation. ASC 718 was effective for companies in 2006;
however, the Company had been recognizing compensation expense since January 1, 2003. The Company’s results of operations
reflect compensation expense for all employee stock-based compensation, including the unvested portion of stock options granted
prior to 2003. ASC 718 requires that management make assumptions including stock price volatility and employee turnover that are
utilized to measure compensation expense. The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires the input of subjective assumptions.
Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities—When the fair value of a security is below its amortized cost, and depending on
the length of time the condition exists and the extent the fair market value is below amortized cost, additional analysis is performed to
determine whether an impairment exists. Available for sale and held to maturity securities are analyzed quarterly for possible other-
than-temporary impairment. The analysis considers (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost,
(ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (iii) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic
conditions, and (iv) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt
security before its anticipated recovery. Often, the information available to conduct these assessments is limited and rapidly changing,
making estimates of fair value subject to judgment. If actual information or conditions are different than estimated, the extent of the
impairment of the security may be different than previously estimated, which could have a material effect on the Company’s results of
operations and financial condition.
Results of Operations
Net Interest Income
The Company’s operating results depend primarily on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income
on interest-earning assets, including securities and loans, and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, including
deposits and other borrowed funds. Interest rate fluctuations, as well as changes in the amount and type of earning assets and
liabilities, combine to affect net interest income. The Company’s net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as a “volume change.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned
on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as a “rate change.”
2011 versus 2010. Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $326.7
million compared with $318.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $8.5 million or 2.7%. The improvement
in net interest income for 2011 was principally due to a $349.0 million or 4.4% increase in average interest-earning assets to $8.301
32
billion at December 31, 2011 compared with $7.952 billion at December 31, 2010. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities
decreased 34 basis points from 1.06% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 0.72% for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the
average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 36 basis points from 4.84% at December 31, 2010 to 4.48% at December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2011, period end demand deposits represented an important component of funding and were 24.5% of total period
end deposits compared with 22.4% at December 31, 2010.
Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis, defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets, for 2011
was 3.98%, a decrease of 6 basis points compared with 4.04% for 2010.
2010 versus 2009. Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $318.1
million compared with $307.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $11.0 million or 3.6%. The improvement
in net interest income for 2010 was principally due to a $366.3 million or 4.8% increase in average interest-earning assets to $7.952
billion at December 31, 2010 compared with $7.586 billion at December 31, 2009. The improvement in net interest income for 2010
was also partially due to the decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets being less than the decrease in rates paid on interest-
bearing liabilities. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 65 basis points from 1.71% for the year ended
December 31, 2009 to 1.06% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 56
basis points from 5.40% at December 31, 2009 to 4.84% at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, period end demand deposits
represented an important component of funding and were 22.4% of total period end deposits compared with 20.6% at December 31,
2009.
Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis, defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets, for 2010
was 4.04%, a decrease of 4 basis points compared with 4.08% for 2009.
33
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of average balances, interest income from
average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed
both in dollars and rates. Except as indicated in the footnotes, no tax-equivalent adjustments were made and all average balances are
daily average balances. Any nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.
Average
Outstanding
Balance
2011
Interest
Earned/
Paid
Average
Yield/
Rate
Years Ended December 31,
2010
Interest
Earned/
Paid
Average
Outstanding
Balance
Average
Yield/
Rate
Average
Outstanding
Balance
2009
Interest
Earned/
Paid
Average
Yield/
Rate
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Loans............................................$
Securities(1) ................................
Federal funds sold and other
temporary investments .........
Total interest-earning
assets ........................
(Dollars in thousands)
3,648,701 $ 214,273
4,625,833
157,580
26,879
55
5.87% $
3.41
0.20
3,394,502 $ 209,711
4,508,918
174,707
48,944
119
6.18% $
3.87
0.24
3,455,761 $ 219,320
4,052,989
190,106
77,328
188
6.35%
4.69
0.24
8,301,413
371,908
4.48%
7,952,364
384,537
4.84%
7,586,078
409,614
5.40%
Less allowance for credit
losses .....................................
(51,871)
Total interest-earning
assets, net of
allowance .................
Noninterest-earning assets ..........
Total assets .....................$
8,249,542
1,379,342
9,628,884
(52,151)
(42,279)
7,900,213
1,378,167
9,278,380
$
7,543,799
1,307,895
8,851,694
$
equity
Liabilities and shareholders’
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand
deposits ................................$
Savings and money market
accounts ................................
Certificates of deposit .................
Junior subordinated
debentures .............................
Securities sold under
repurchase agreements .........
Other borrowings ........................
Total interest-bearing
liabilities ..................
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
Noninterest-bearing demand
deposits ................................
Other liabilities ............................
Total liabilities ...............
Shareholders’ equity ..........................
Total liabilities and
shareholders’
equity .......................$
Net interest rate spread ......................
Net interest income and
margin(2) .......................................
Net interest income and margin
(tax-equivalent basis)(3)...............
1,393,501 $
2,421,735
2,135,858
86,557
68,049
152,716
6,258,416
1,800,102
56,617
8,115,135
1,513,749
9,628,884
7,416
0.53% $
11,836
21,723
2,984
369
912
0.49
1.02
3.45
0.54
0.60
45,240
0.72%
1,336,400 $
2,189,695
2,438,968
92,265
81,623
109,260
6,248,211
1,567,676
56,334
7,872,221
1,406,159
8,994
0.67% $
15,159
37,356
3,250
595
1,035
0.69
1.53
3.52
0.73
0.95
1,082,332 $
1,910,721
2,730,263
92,265
93,625
75,747
8,587
0.79%
19,405
67,842
3,760
1,166
1,753
1.02
2.48
4.08
1.25
2.31
66,389
1.06%
5,984,953
102,513
1.71%
1,488,699
73,293
7,546,945
1,304,749
$
9,278,380
$
8,851,694
$ 326,668
3.76%
3.94%
$ 318,148
3.78%
4.00%
$ 307,101
3.69%
4.05%
$ 330,282
3.98%
$ 321,049
4.04%
$ 309,866
4.08%
(1) Yield is based on amortized cost and does not include any component of unrealized gains or losses.
(2) The net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(3)
In order to make pretax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt investments and loans comparable to those on taxable investments and loans, a tax-equivalent adjustment
has been computed using a federal income tax rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and other applicable effective tax rates.
34
The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the
periods indicated for each major component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the
changes attributable to changes in volume and changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate
and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.
Years Ended December 31,
2011 vs. 2010
2010 vs. 2009
Increase
(Decrease)
Due to Change in
Rate
Volume
Increase
(Decrease)
Due to Change in
Rate
Total
Volume
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
$ 15,704 $ (11,142) $
4,562 $
4,530
(21,657)
(17,127)
(3,888) $
21,385
(5,721) $
(36,784)
(9,609)
(15,399)
Interest-earning assets:
Loans .............................................................................
Securities ................................................................
Federal funds sold and other temporary
investments ...............................................................
(54)
Total increase (decrease) in interest
income .............................................................
20,180
(10)
(64)
(69)
—
(69)
(32,809)
(12,629)
17,428
(42,505)
(25,077)
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand deposits ................................
Savings and money market accounts .............................
Certificates of deposit ....................................................
Junior subordinated debentures ................................
Securities sold under repurchase agreements ................
Other borrowings ...........................................................
384
1,606
(4,643)
(201)
(99)
412
(1,962)
(4,929)
(10,990)
(65)
(127)
(535)
(1,578)
(3,323)
(15,633)
(266)
(226)
(123)
2,016
2,833
(7,238)
—
(149)
776
(1,609)
(7,079)
(23,248)
(510)
(422)
(1,494)
Total decrease in interest expense ........................
(2,541)
(18,608)
(21,149)
(1,762)
(34,362)
Increase (decrease) in net interest income ..............................
$ 22,721 $ (14,201) $
8,520 $ 19,190 $
(8,143) $
407
(4,246)
(30,486)
(510)
(571)
(718)
(36,124)
11,047
Provision for Credit Losses
The Company’s provision for credit losses is established through charges to income in the form of the provision in order to
bring the Company’s allowance for credit losses to a level deemed appropriate by management based on the factors discussed under
“Financial Condition—Allowance for Credit Losses.” The allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2011 was $51.6 million,
representing 1.37% of outstanding loans as of such date. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 was
$5.2 million compared with $13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Net charge-offs for each of the years ended
December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $5.2 million and $13.9 million, respectively. The provision for credit losses for the year ended
December 31, 2010 was $13.6 million compared with $28.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net charge-offs for the
year ended December 31, 2009 were $13.9 million.
Noninterest Income
The Company’s primary sources of recurring noninterest income are NSF fees, debit and ATM card income and service charges
on deposit accounts. Noninterest income does not include loan origination fees which are recognized over the life of the related loan as
an adjustment to yield using the interest method. For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest income totaled $56.0 million, an
increase of $2.2 million or 4.1% compared with $53.8 million in 2010. The increase was primarily due to an increase in debit card and
ATM card income and a reduction in net losses on sale of other real estate, partially offset by a decrease in NSF fees. Noninterest
income for 2010 was $53.8 million, a decrease of $6.3 million or 10.4% compared with $60.1 million in 2009.
35
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:
Non-sufficient Funds (NSF) fees ................................................................$
Debit card and ATM card income ................................................................
Service charges on deposit accounts. ...........................................................
Banking related service fees.........................................................................
Bank Owned Life Insurance income (BOLI) ...............................................
Net (losses) gains on sales of assets ............................................................. (527)(1)
Net losses on sale of securities .....................................................................
Other ............................................................................................................
24,442
15,391
9,981
2,184
1,382
Total noninterest income. ................................................................ $
$
Years Ended December 31,
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
27,580
$
12,581
10,089
2,166
1,658
(3,860)(2)
--
3,619
53,833
$
$
2009
31,094
10,795
9,853
2,009
1,344
839(3)
--
4,163
60,097
2011
(581)
3,771
56,043
(1)
(2)
(3)
Includes net losses on the sale of various other real estate properties of $904,000 and gains on the sale of real estate.
Includes net losses on the sale of various other real estate properties of $4.3 million and gains on the sale of real estate.
Includes net gains on the sale of various other real estate properties of $417,000 and gains on the sale of real estate.
Noninterest Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest expense totaled $163.7 million, a decrease of $2.8 million or 1.7%
compared with $166.6 million for the same period in 2010. This decrease was principally due to reductions in FDIC assessments,
reductions in ORE expenses and a decrease in core deposit intangibles amortization. For the year ended December 31, 2010,
noninterest expense totaled $166.6 million, a decrease of $3.1 million or 1.8% compared with $169.7 million for the same period in
2009. This decrease was principally due to reductions in FDIC assessments and a decrease in core deposit intangibles amortization,
partially offset by increases in salaries and employee benefits. These items and other changes in the various components of noninterest
expense are discussed in more detail below.
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits(1) ................................................................$
Non-staff expenses:
Net occupancy .....................................................................................
Depreciation .........................................................................................
Debit card, data processing and software amortization ........................
Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance ................................
Ad valorem and franchise taxes ............................................................
Core deposit intangibles amortization ..................................................
Communications(2) ................................................................................
Other real estate ....................................................................................
Professional fees ...................................................................................
Printing and supplies ............................................................................
Other ................................................................................................
Total noninterest expense ...........................................................$
Years Ended December 31,
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
$
86,980
$
2011
92,057
14,634
8,150
6,823
8,901
3,823
7,780
6,946
1,501
2,598
1,807
8,725
163,745
$
15,153
8,313
6,222
11,039
3,947
9,016
7,781
3,483
3,099
1,951
9,610
166,594
$
2009
84,395
14,910
8,226
6,449
13,662
3,561
10,076
8,466
3,205
4,419
2,250
10,081
169,700
(1) Total salaries and employee benefits includes $3.6 million, $3.0 million and $1.5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in
stock-based compensation expense.
(2) Communications expense includes telephone, data circuits, postage and courier expenses.
Salaries and Employee Benefits. Salaries and employee benefits increased $5.1 million to $92.1 million at December 31,
2011 compared with $87.0 million at December 31, 2010 primarily due to the full year effect of the U.S. Bank and First Bank
acquisitions and increases in incentive pay. The number of associates employed by the Company decreased from 1,708 at
December 31, 2010 to 1,664 at December 31, 2011. Salaries and employee benefits increased $2.6 million to $87.0 million at
36
December 31, 2010 compared with $84.4 million at December 31, 2009 primarily due to the U.S. Bank and First Bank acquisitions.
The number of associates employed by the Company increased from 1,594 at December 31, 2009 to 1,708 at December 31, 2010.
Total noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes $3.6 million in stock-based compensation expense
compared with $3.0 million and $1.5 million recorded for each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Regulatory Assessments and FDIC Insurance. Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance assessments were $8.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with $11.0 million and $13.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
This was a decrease of $2.1 million or 19.4% in 2011. Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance assessments decreased $2.6
million or 19.2% from $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In
2009, the FDIC assessments of $13.7 million were due to higher FDIC assessment rates and an increase in the amount of the
Company’s deposits in connection with its 2008 acquisitions and a one-time special assessment of $4.2 million in the second quarter
of 2009. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule that amends its existing DIF restoration plan and implements certain
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Effective April 1, 2011 the assessment base is determined using average consolidated total assets
minus average tangible equity rather than the assessment base of adjusted domestic deposits and the assessments rates were lowered to
account for the larger assessment base. Additional information is discussed under the section captioned “Supervision and
Regulation—The Bank—Deposit Insurance Assessments” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Core Deposit Intangibles Amortization. Core deposit intangibles (“CDI”) amortization decreased $1.2 million or 13.7% from
$9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily
attributed to certain CDI that fully amortized in 2011. CDI amortization decreased $1.1 million or 10.5% from $10.1 million for the
year December 31, 2009 to $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily attributed to certain CDI
that fully amortized in 2010. Core deposit intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated life of eight to ten
years.
Other real estate. Other real estate expense decreased $2.0 million or 56.9% from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2010 to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to reduced ORE property recorded by the
Company. Other real estate expense increased $278,000 or 8.7% from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $3.5
million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Efficiency Ratio. The efficiency ratio is a supplemental financial measure utilized in management’s internal evaluation of the
Company and is not defined under generally accepted accounting principles. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total
noninterest expense, excluding credit loss provisions and impairment write-down on available for sale securities, by net interest
income plus noninterest income, excluding net gains and losses on the sale of securities and on the sale of assets. Taxes are not part of
this calculation. An increase in the efficiency ratio indicates that more resources are being utilized to generate the same volume of
income, while a decrease would indicate a more efficient allocation of resources. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 42.76% for the
year ended December 31, 2011, compared with 44.83% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company’s efficiency ratio was
46.27% for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Income Taxes
The amount of federal income tax expense is influenced by the amount of pre-tax income, the amount of tax-exempt income, the
amount of nondeductible interest expense and the amount of other nondeductible expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2011,
income tax expense was $72.0 million compared with $64.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $56.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009. The increases were primarily attributable to higher pretax net earnings which resulted primarily from
an increase in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with the same period in 2010 and 2009. The
effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 33.7%, 33.4% and 33.7%, respectively. The effective
income tax rates differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% during the comparable periods primarily due to the effect of tax-exempt
income from loans and securities.
Impact of Inflation
The Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These require the measurement of financial position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative value of money over time due to inflation or
recession.
Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result,
interest rates have a more significant impact on the Company’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest
rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, other
operating expenses do reflect general levels of inflation.
37
Financial Condition
Loan Portfolio
At December 31, 2011, total loans were $3.766 billion, an increase of $280.9 million or 8.1% compared with $3.485 billion at
December 31, 2010. The increase was due to internal growth. At December 31, 2011, total loans were 46.7% of deposits and 38.3%
of total assets. At December 31, 2010, total loans were $3.485 billion, an increase of $108.3 million or 3.2% compared with $3.377
billion at December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to U.S. Bank and First Bank acquisitions which added $28.4
million and $54.0 million in loans at December 31, 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2010, total loans were 46.7% of deposits and
36.8% of total assets.
The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated:
2011
2010
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
December 31,
2009
Amount
Percent
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
2007
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
406,433
10.8% $
409,426
11.7%
$
392,975
11.6 % $
482,476
13.5% $
436,338
13.9%
Commercial and
industrial ................................$
Real estate:
Construction and land
development .......................
482,140
1-4 family
residential ...........................
Home equity .............................
Commercial
mortgage(1) .........................
Farmland ................................
Multifamily
1,007,266
146,999
1,351,986
136,008
residential ...........................
Agriculture ................................
Consumer (net of
unearned discount) ...................
Other ................................................
Total loans(2) ......................
89,240
34,226
78,187
33,421
$ 3,765,906
12.8
26.7
3.9
35.9
3.6
2.4
0.9
2.1
0.9
502,327
824,057
118,781
1,288,023
98,871
82,626
41,881
14.4
23.7
3.4
37.0
2.8
2.4
1.2
2.5
0.9
100.0%
557,245
709,101
117,661
1,261,267
93,288
77,952
42,241
102,436
22,537
$ 3,376,703
16.5
37.4
2.8
21.0
3.5
666,081
668,097
107,048
1,268,340
96,970
75,063
48,679
137,639
16,664
100.0% $ 3,567,057
2.3
1.3
3.0
0.6
18.7
18.7
3.0
35.6
2.7
2.1
1.3
3.9
0.5
683,171
526,338
93,877
1,075,285
63,873
73,424
50,146
123,213
17,306
100.0% $ 3,142,971
21.7
16.7
3.0
34.3
2.0
2.3
1.6
3.9
0.6
100.0%
87,977
31,054
100.0% $ 3,485,023
(1) Commercial mortgage loans include approximately $602.8 million and $641.8 million of owner-occupied loans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010,
respectively.
Includes loans held for sale for in 2008 and 2007.
(2)
The Company’s commercial mortgages increased from $1.288 billion at December 31, 2010 to $1.352 billion at December 31,
2011, an increase of $64.0 million or 5.0%. The Company’s commercial and industrial loans decreased from $409.4 million at
December 31, 2010 to $406.4 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $3.0 million or 0.7%. The Company offers a variety of
commercial lending products including term loans and lines of credit. The Company offers a broad range of short to medium-term
commercial loans, primarily collateralized, to businesses for working capital (including inventory and receivables), business
expansion (including acquisitions of real estate and improvements) and the purchase of equipment and machinery. Historically, the
Company has originated loans for its own account and has not securitized its loans. The purpose of a particular loan generally
determines its structure. All loans in the 1-4 family residential category were originated by the Company.
All loans over $500,000 and below $2.5 million are evaluated and acted upon on a daily basis by two of the six company-wide
loan concurrence officers. All loans above $2.5 million are evaluated and acted upon by an officers’ loan committee which meets
weekly. In addition to the officers’ loan committee evaluation, loans from $15.0 million to $25.0 million are evaluated and acted upon
by the directors’ loan committee which consists of three directors of the Bank and meets as necessary. Loans over $25.0 million are
evaluated and acted upon by the Bank’s Board of Directors either at a regularly scheduled monthly board meeting or by teleconference
or written consent.
Commercial and Industrial Loans. In nearly all cases, the Company’s commercial loans are made in the Company’s market
areas and are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. As a general practice, the Company
takes as collateral a lien on any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and obtains a personal guaranty
of the borrower or principal. Working capital loans are primarily collateralized by short-term assets whereas term loans are primarily
collateralized by long-term assets. In general, commercial loans involve more credit risk than residential mortgage loans and
commercial mortgage loans and, therefore, usually yield a higher return. The increased risk in commercial loans is due to the type of
collateral securing these loans. The increased risk also derives from the expectation that commercial loans generally will be serviced
principally from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful. Historical trends have shown these types
of loans to have higher delinquencies than mortgage loans. As a result of these additional complexities, variables and risks,
commercial loans require more thorough underwriting and servicing than other types of loans.
38
Commercial Mortgages. The Company makes commercial mortgage loans collateralized by owner-occupied and non-owner-
occupied real estate to finance the purchase of real estate. The Company’s commercial mortgage loans are collateralized by first liens
on real estate, typically have variable interest rates (or five year or less fixed rates) and amortize over a 15 to 20 year period. Payments
on loans secured by such properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties. Accordingly,
repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy to a greater extent than other
types of loans. The Company seeks to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, including giving careful consideration to the
property’s operating history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy, location and physical condition in
connection with underwriting these loans. The underwriting analysis also includes credit verification, analysis of global cash flow,
appraisals and a review of the financial condition of the borrower.
1-4 Family Residential Loans. The Company’s lending activities also includes the origination of 1-4 family residential mortgage
loans collateralized by owner-occupied residential properties located in the Company’s market areas. The Company offers a variety of
mortgage loan products which generally are amortized over five to 25 years. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate
generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 89% of appraised value or have mortgage insurance. The Company
requires mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance. Other than with respect to mortgage banking activities acquired in the TXUI
acquisition, the Company has elected to keep all 1-4 family residential loans for its own account rather than selling such loans into the
secondary market. By doing so, the Company is able to realize a higher yield on these loans; however, the Company also incurs
interest rate risk as well as the risks associated with nonpayments on such loans.
Construction and Land Development Loans. The Company makes loans to finance the construction of residential and, to a lesser
extent, nonresidential properties. Construction loans generally are collateralized by first liens on real estate and have floating interest
rates. The Company conducts periodic inspections, either directly or through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on these
loans. Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in the Company’s construction lending activities.
Construction loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of a project under
construction, and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating construction
costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property, it can be difficult to
accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan to value ratio. As a result of these uncertainties,
construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the
ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project
prior to completion, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition,
the Company may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an
indeterminate period of time. While the Company has underwriting procedures designed to identify what it believes to be acceptable
levels of risks in construction lending, no assurance can be given that these procedures will prevent losses from the risks described
above.
Agriculture Loans. The Company provides agriculture loans for short-term crop production, including rice, cotton, milo and
corn, farm equipment financing and agriculture real estate financing. The Company evaluates agriculture borrowers primarily based
on their historical profitability, level of experience in their particular agriculture industry, overall financial capacity and the
availability of secondary collateral to withstand economic and natural variations common to the industry. Because agriculture loans
present a higher level of risk associated with events caused by nature, the Company routinely makes on-site visits and inspections in
order to identify and monitor such risks.
Consumer Loans. Consumer loans made by the Company include direct “A”-credit automobile loans, recreational vehicle loans,
boat loans, home improvement loans, home equity loans, personal loans (collateralized and uncollateralized) and deposit account
collateralized loans. The terms of these loans typically range from 12 to 120 months and vary based upon the nature of collateral and
size of loan. Generally, consumer loans entail greater risk than do real estate secured loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans
that are unsecured or collateralized by rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a
defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan balance. The remaining deficiency
often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition,
consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely
affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws may limit
the amount which can be recovered on such loans.
39
The contractual maturity ranges of the 1-4 family residential, home equity, commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage,
construction and land development and agriculture portfolios and the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates and
floating rates in each maturity range as of December 31, 2011 are summarized in the following table:
December 31, 2011
After One
Through
Five Years
One Year
or Less
1-4 family residential and home equity ....................................................$
Commercial and industrial .......................................................................
Commercial mortgages ............................................................................
Construction and land development .........................................................
Agriculture ...............................................................................................
After Five
Years
(Dollars in thousands)
43,819 $ 1,100,956
144,070
107,714
1,223,461
97,811
333,521
55,445
288
10,992
Total ...............................................................................................$ 310,973 $ 352,137 $ 2,765,940
92,662 $ 199,524 $ 1,189,365
1,576,575
152,613
218,311
Total ...............................................................................................$ 310,973 $ 352,137 $ 2,765,940
Loans with a predetermined interest rate. ................................................$
Loans with a floating interest rate. ...........................................................
154,649
30,714
93,174
22,946
9,490 $
Total
$ 1,154,265
406,433
1,351,986
482,140
34,226
$ 3,429,050
$ 1,481,551
1,947,499
$ 3,429,050
Nonperforming Assets
The Company has several procedures in place to assist it in maintaining the overall quality of its loan portfolio. The Company
has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by its officers and the Company also monitors its delinquency levels for any
negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company’s loan portfolio will not become subject to
increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.
As part of the on-going monitoring of the Company’s loan portfolio and the methodology for calculating the allowance for
credit losses, management grades each loan from 1 to 7. Depending on the grade, loans in the same grade are aggregated and a loss
factor is applied to the total loans in the group to determine the allowance for credit losses. For certain loans in risk grades 5 to 7, a
specific reserve may be taken.
The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when the payment of principal or
interest is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral
fully supports the carrying value of the loan.
The Company requires appraisals on loans collateralized by real estate. With respect to potential problem loans, an evaluation of
the borrower’s overall financial condition is made to determine the need, if any, for possible writedowns or appropriate additions to
the allowance for credit losses.
40
The Company’s conservative lending approach has resulted in sound asset quality. The Company had $12.1 million in
nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 compared with $15.8 million at December 31, 2010 and $16.4 million at December 31,
2009. The nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 consisted of ninety-nine (99) separate credits or ORE properties. If interest on
nonaccrual loans had been accrued under the original loan terms, approximately $253,000, $701,000 and $434,000 would have been
recorded as income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The following table presents information regarding past due loans and nonperforming assets at the dates indicated:
2011
2010
2008
2007
December 31,
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
$
Nonaccrual loans ...........................................................................$
Accruing loans 90 or more days past due .....................................
3,578
--
3,578
146
8,328
Total nonperforming assets .................................................$ 12,052
Total nonperforming loans ..................................................
Repossessed assets ........................................................................
Other real estate ............................................................................
$
4,439
189
4,628
161
11,053
$ 15,842
$
6,079
2,332
8,411
116
7,829
$ 16,356
Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate .............
Nonperforming assets to average earning assets ...........................
0.32%
0.15%
0.45%
0.20%
0.48%
0.22%
$
2,142
7,594
9,736
182
4,450
$ 14,368
1,035
4,092
5,127
56
10,207
$ 15,390
0.40% 0.49%
0.25% 0.31%
Allowance for Credit Losses
The following table presents, as of and for the periods indicated, an analysis of the allowance for credit losses and other related
data:
Average loans outstanding ............................................$ 3,648,701
Gross loans outstanding at end of period ......................$ 3,765,906
$ 3,394,502
$ 3,485,023
2011
2010
Years Ended December 31,
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
$ 3,455,761
$ 3,376,703
2008
2007
$ 3,250,447
$ 3,567,057
$ 3,092,797
$ 3,142,971
Allowance for credit losses at beginning of
period ................................................................ $
Balance acquired with acquisitions ...............................
Provision for credit losses .............................................
Charge-offs:
Commercial and industrial ................................
Real estate and agriculture ................................
Consumer ............................................................
Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial ................................
Real estate and agriculture ................................
Consumer ............................................................
Net charge-offs .............................................................
Allowance for credit losses at end of period .................$
Ratio of allowance to end of period loans .....................
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans ......................
Ratio of allowance to end of period
nonperforming loans ................................................
$
$
51,584
—
5,200
(1,694)
(3,927)
(1,229)
481
472
707
(5,190)
51,594
1.37%
0.14
$
$
51,863
—
13,585
(2,863)
(10,549)
(2,071)
346
444
829
(13,864)
51,584
1.48%
0.41
$
$
36,970
—
28,775
(3,816 )
(8,585 )
(2,998 )
275
236
1,006
(13,882 )
51,863
1.54%
0.40
$
32,543
2,182
9,867
(2,799)
(3,650)
(2,733)
308
220
1,032
(7,622)
36,970
$
1.04%
0.23
23,990
13,386
760
(1,045)
(4,143)
(2,974)
1,175
208
1,186
(5,593)
32,543
1.04%
0.18
1,442.0
1,114.6
616.6
379.7
634.7
41
The allowance for credit losses is a valuation established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for credit losses.
Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate for estimated losses in the Company’s loan
portfolio. The amount of the allowance for credit losses is affected by the following: (i) charge-offs of loans that occur when loans are
deemed uncollectible and decrease the allowance, (ii) recoveries on loans previously charged off that increase the allowance and
(iii) provisions for credit losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio and
consideration of the factors listed below, management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s
Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the
allowance.
The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two components: a specific valuation allowance based on probable losses
on specifically identified loans and a general valuation allowance based on historical loan loss experience, general economic
conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.
In setting the specific valuation allowance, the Company follows a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the loan
portfolio and assigns risk grades to each loan. Through this loan review process, the Company maintains an internal list of impaired
loans which, along with the delinquency list of loans, helps management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the
adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. All loans that have been identified as impaired are reviewed on a quarterly basis in order
to determine whether a specific reserve is required. For certain impaired loans, the Company allocates a specific loan loss reserve
primarily based on the value of the collateral securing the impaired loan in accordance with ASC Topic 310. The specific reserves are
determined on an individual loan basis. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general valuation
allowance described below.
In determining the amount of the general valuation allowance, management considers factors such as historical loan loss
experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, concentration risk of specific loan types, the volume,
growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay
and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review process, general economic
conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company and other relevant factors in accordance with
ASC Topic 450. Based on a review of these factors for each loan type, the Company applies an estimated percentage to the
outstanding balance of each loan type, excluding any loan that has a specific reserve allocated to it. The Company uses this
information to establish the amount of the general valuation allowance.
In connection with its review of the loan portfolio, the Company considers risk elements attributable to particular loan types or
categories in assessing the quality of individual loans. Some of the risk elements include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including a consideration of the debt to
income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan to value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of
collateral;
for commercial mortgage loans and multifamily residential loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the property
in excess of operating expenses compared to loan payment requirements), operating results of the owner in the case of
owner-occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income,
property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type;
for construction and land development loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed
lots or improvements constructed for resale or the ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of
contracts for presale or prelease, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value ratio;
for commercial and industrial loans, the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, the
borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income and
operating results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral;
for agricultural real estate loans, the experience and financial capability of the borrower, projected debt service coverage of
the operations of the borrower and loan to value ratio; and
for non-real estate agricultural loans, the operating results, experience and financial capability of the borrower, historical
and expected market conditions and the value, nature and marketability of collateral.
In addition, for each category, the Company considers secondary sources of income and the financial strength and credit history
of the borrower and any guarantors.
At December 31, 2011, the allowance for credit losses totaled $51.6 million, or 1.37% of total loans. At December 31, 2010, the
allowance aggregated $51.6 million or 1.48% of total loans and at December 31, 2009, the allowance was $51.9 million or 1.54% of
total loans.
42
The following tables show the allocation of the allowance for credit losses among various categories of loans and certain other
information as of the dates indicated. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories
in which future losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any loan category.
December 31,
2011
2010
Amount
Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
Amount
Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
Balance of allowance for credit losses applicable to:
Commercial and industrial .............................................................. $
Real estate .......................................................................................
Agriculture ......................................................................................
Consumer and other .........................................................................
3,826
46,587
123
1,058
Total allowance for credit losses ............................................ $ 51,594
(Dollars in thousands)
10.8% $
85.3
0.9
3.0
3,891
46,446
92
1,155
100.0% $ 51,584
11.7%
83.7
1.2
3.4
100.0%
2009
December 31,
2008
2007
Amount
Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
Amount
Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
Amount
Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance of allowance for credit losses applicable
to:
Commercial and industrial ................................$
Real estate ...........................................................
Agriculture ..........................................................
Consumer and other .............................................
Unallocated ..........................................................
5,107
44,799
221
1,736
—
Total allowance for credit losses ................$ 51,863
11.6% $ 6,159
27,953
83.4
313
1.3
2,545
3.7
—
100.0 $ 36,970
—
13.5% $ 4,790
80.8
22,505
1.3
506
4.4
2,153
—
2,589
100.0% $ 32,543
13.9%
80.0
1.6
4.5
—
100.0%
The Company believes that the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2011 is adequate to cover estimated losses in the
loan portfolio as of such date. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will not sustain losses in future periods, which
could be substantial in relation to the size of the allowance at December 31, 2011.
Securities
The Company uses its securities portfolio as a source of income, as a source of liquidity for cash requirements and to manage
interest rate risk. At December 31, 2011, the carrying amount of investment securities totaled $4.659 billion, an increase of $41.8
million or 0.9% compared with $4.617 billion at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, securities represented 47.4% of total
assets compared with 48.7% of total assets at December 31, 2010.
At the date of purchase, the Company is required to classify debt and equity securities into one of three categories: held-to-
maturity, trading or available-for-sale. At each reporting date, the appropriateness of the classification is reassessed. Investments in
debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and measured at amortized cost in the financial statements only if management has
the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of
selling them in the near term are classified as trading and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and
losses included in earnings. Investments not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading are classified as available-for-sale and
measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses reported, net of tax, in a separate component of
shareholders’ equity until realized.
43
The following table summarizes the amortized cost of securities as of the dates shown (available-for-sale securities are not
adjusted for unrealized gains or losses):
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S.
2011
2010
December 31,
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
2007
8,696 $
government agencies ............................................................$
70% non-taxable preferred stock ..............................................
—
States and political subdivisions ...............................................
74,974
Corporate debt securities ...........................................................
2,990
Collateralized mortgage obligations .........................................
282,565
Mortgage-backed securities ...................................................... 4,248,796
Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB) (1) and Qualified
10,996 $
—
76,031
2,984
444,827
4,032,084
41,715 $
—
82,174
3,227
296,923
3,640,208
151,147 $
—
84,569
3,221
179,389
3,711,629
229,119
14,025
87,517
3,215
223,952
1,282,338
School Construction Bonds (QSCB) ....................................
Other .........................................................................................
12,900
7,288
20,900
7,288
20,900
7,288
8,000
7,288
8,000
7,260
Total ................................................................................$ 4,638,209 $ 4,595,110 $ 4,092,435 $ 4,145,243 $ 1,855,426
__________
(1) The Qualified Zone Academy Bond with an amortized cost of $8.0 million, matured in December 2011.
The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of securities and their weighted average yields as of December 31,
2011. The contractual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is the date at which the last underlying mortgage matures. Available-
for-sale securities are shown at fair value and held-to-maturity securities are shown at amortized cost. Other securities are included in
the corporate debt securities category. For purposes of the table below, tax-exempt states and political subdivisions are calculated on a
tax equivalent basis. The QZAB and QSCB bonds are not calculated on a tax equivalent basis and the bonds generate tax credits as
follows: QZAB at 7.18% and the two QSCB at 6.11% and 5.95%. The tax credits are shown as a reduction to federal income tax
expense.
Within One
Year
Amount
Yield
After One Year
but
Within Five Years
Yield
Amount
December 31, 2011
After Five Years
but
Within Ten Years
Amount
Yield
(Dollars in thousands)
After Ten
Years
Total
Amount
Yield
Total
Yield
U.S. Treasury
securities and
obligations of
U.S. government
agencies .........................
$ 4,981 5.11% $
States and political
subdivisions. ..................
2,085 6.78
Corporate debt
securities and
other ..............................
7,656 3.41
3,715
5.15% $
—
—
$
—
—
$
8,696
5.13%
9,383
6.13
35,341
6.18%
30,181
6.18%
76,990
6.19
3,113
7.64
—
—
—
—
10,769
5.39
Collateralized
mortgage
obligations. ....................
—
—
3,334
4.57
103,108
3.25
176,101
2.74
282,543
2.95
Mortgage-backed
securities........................
77 4.91
74,492
4.33
2,510,671
3.29
1,681,798
3.36
4,267,038
3.33
Qualified School
Construction
Bonds (QSCB) ..............
Total .........................
—
—
—
$14,799 4.46% $ 94,037
—
—
4.66% $ 2,649,120
—
12,900
3.32% $ 1,900,980
1.58
12,900
3.33% $ 4,658,936
1.58
3.41%
44
The contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is not a reliable indicator of
their expected life because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations at any time. Mortgage-backed securities monthly pay
downs cause the average lives of the securities to be much different than their stated lives. The weighted average life of the
Company’s complete portfolio is 2.6 years with an effective duration of 2.5 years at December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its
agencies) for which aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity at such respective dates.
The average yield of the securities portfolio was 3.41% in 2011 compared with 3.87% in 2010 and 4.69% in 2009. Both
decreases in yields were primarily due to the Company reinvesting funds at lower rates in 2011 and 2010 compared to 2010 and 2009,
respectively. The overall growth in the average securities portfolio over the comparable periods was primarily funded by deposit
growth.
The following table summarizes the carrying value by classification of securities as of the dates shown:
Available-for-sale ............ $
Held-to-maturity ..............
Total ....................... $
322,316 $
4,336,620
4,658,936 $
428,553 $
4,188,563
4,617,116 $
3,518,787
4,118,290 $
December 31,
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
599,503 $
2008
2007
817,244
3,343,157
4,160,401
$
$
260,444
1,597,162
1,857,606
2011
2010
The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009:
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2011
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Gains
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2010
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Gains
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair
Value
U.S. Treasury securities and
obligations of U.S.
government agencies ................$ — $
States and political
— $
— $ — $ — $
— $
— $ —
subdivisions ..............................
37,060
2,022
(6)
39,076
39,637
1,155
(278)
40,514
Collateralized mortgage
obligations ................................
786
Mortgage-backed securities .......... 254,965
Qualified Zone Academy
Bond (QZAB) ..........................
Other .............................................
—
8,778
—
18,307
—
491
Total ................................$ 301,589 $
20,820 $
(21)
(66)
765
273,206
967
349,170
—
20,466
(24)
(91)
943
369,545
—
—
—
(93) $ 322,316 $ 406,546 $
8,000
8,772
9,269
326
453
22,400 $
—
—
(393) $ 428,553
8,326
9,225
December 31, 2009
Amortized
Cost
1,014 $
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies ..................$
49,280
States and political subdivisions .............................................................................
1,169
Collateralized mortgage obligations .......................................................................
Mortgage-backed securities .................................................................................... 505,170
8,000
Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB) ................................................................
9,015
Other .......................................................................................................................
Total ..............................................................................................................$ 573,648 $
45
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
(Dollars in thousands)
26 $
1,398
—
24,306
582
36
26,348 $
Fair
Value
$ 1,040
—
50,322
(356)
1,138
(31)
529,370
(106)
8,582
—
—
9,051
(493) $ 599,503
The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009:
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2011
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Gains
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2010
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Gains
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair
Value
U.S. Treasury securities and
obligations of U.S.
government agencies. ...........$
States and political
subdivisions ..........................
Corporate debt securities ...........
Collateralized mortgage
8,696 $
455 $
— $
9,151 $ 10,996 $
789 $
— $ 11,785
37,914
1,500
1,282
114
(283)
—
38,912
1,614
36,394
1,500
639
176
(1,155)
—
35,878
1,676
obligations ............................ 281,778
5,009
(149)
286,637
443,859
7,272
Mortgage-backed
securities............................... 3,993,832
147,991
(91)
4,141,732
3,682,914
118,886
Qualified School
Construction Bonds
(QSCB)................................
12,900
2,042
Total ................................$4,336,620 $ 156,893 $
—
(523) $4,492,988 $4,188,563 $ 128,087 $
12,900
14,942
325
(429) 450,702
(4,259) 3,797,541
—
13,225
(5,843) $4,310,807
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies .....................$ 40,701 $
States and political subdivisions ................................................................................
Corporate debt securities ............................................................................................
Collateralized mortgage obligations ..........................................................................
Mortgage-backed securities .......................................................................................
Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB)
32,895
1,500
295,754
3,135,037
12,900
Total .................................................................................................................$3,518,787 $ 117,194 $
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2009
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
(Dollars in thousands)
1,621 $
809
10
3,652
111,045
57
Fair
Value
—
(1,050)
—
(1,156)
(22)
—
$ 42,322
32,654
1,510
298,250
3,246,060
12,957
(2,228) $3,633,753
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more
frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI
by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as
available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI under ASC Topic 320, “Investments—Debt and Equity
Securities.” If the Company were to purchase certain purchased beneficial interests, including non-agency mortgage-backed securities,
asset-backed securities, and collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA, they would be
evaluated using the model outlined in ASC Topic 325, “Investments-Other.” The Company currently does not own any securities that
are accounted for under ASC Topic 325.
In determining OTTI under ASC Topic 320, management considers many factors, including: (i) the length of time and the extent
to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (iii) whether the
market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions and (iv) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more
likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-
temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management
at a point in time. If applicable, the second segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance provided by ASC Topic 325 that is
specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. Under the ASC Topic 325 model, an
impairment is considered other than temporary if, based on the Company’s best estimate of cash flows that a market participant would
use in determining the current fair value of the beneficial interest, there has been an adverse change in those estimated cash flows.
When OTTI occurs under either model, the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings depends on
whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its
amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the
security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal
46
to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not
intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its
amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI shall be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the
amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of
cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors shall be
recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in
earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis of the investment.
Management does not intend to sell any debt securities or more likely than not will not be required to sell any debt securities
before their anticipated recovery, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Furthermore, as of
December 31, 2011, management does not have the intent to sell any of the securities classified as available for sale and believes that
it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell any such securities before a recovery of cost. The unrealized losses are
largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available at the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair
value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments
decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of
December 31, 2011, management believes any impairment in the Company’s securities are temporary and no impairment loss has
been realized in the Company’s consolidated income statement. The Company recorded no other-than-temporary impairment charges
in 2009, 2010 or 2011.
Mortgage-backed securities are securities that have been developed by pooling a number of real estate mortgages and which are
principally issued by federal agencies such as Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac. These securities are deemed to have high credit ratings, and minimum regular monthly cash flows of principal and interest are
guaranteed by the issuing agencies.
Unlike U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, which have a lump sum payment at maturity, mortgage-backed
securities provide cash flows from regular principal and interest payments and principal prepayments throughout the lives of the
securities. Mortgage-backed securities which are purchased at a premium will generally suffer decreasing net yields as interest rates
drop because home owners tend to refinance their mortgages. Thus, the premium paid must be amortized over a shorter period.
Therefore, these securities purchased at a discount will obtain higher net yields in a decreasing interest rate environment. As interest
rates rise, the opposite will generally be true. During a period of increasing interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not
tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal and consequently, the average life of this security will be lengthened. If interest
rates begin to fall, prepayments will increase, thereby shortening the estimated life of this security. At December 31, 2011, 39.2% of
the mortgage-backed securities held by the Company had contractual final maturities of more than ten years with a weighted average
life of 3.0 years.
Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are bonds that are backed by pools of mortgages. The pools can be Ginnie Mae,
Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pools or they can be private-label pools. CMOs are designed so that the mortgage collateral will generate
a cash flow sufficient to provide for the timely repayment of the bonds. The mortgage collateral pool can be structured to
accommodate various desired bond repayment schedules, provided that the collateral cash flow is adequate to meet scheduled bond
payments. This is accomplished by dividing the bonds into classes to which payments on the underlying mortgage pools are allocated
in different order. The bond’s cash flow, for example, can be dedicated to one class of bondholders at a time, thereby increasing call
protection to bondholders. In private-label CMOs, losses on underlying mortgages are directed to the most junior of all classes and
then to the classes above in order of increasing seniority, which means that the senior classes have enough credit protection to be
given the highest credit rating by the rating agencies.
Deposits
The Company’s lending and investing activities are primarily funded by deposits. The Company offers a variety of deposit
accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms including demand, savings, money market and time accounts. The Company
relies primarily on competitive pricing policies and customer service to attract and retain these deposits. The Company does not have
or accept any brokered deposits.
Total deposits at December 31, 2011 were $8.060 billion, an increase of $605.3 million or 8.1% compared with $7.455 billion at
December 31, 2010. Total deposits at December 31, 2010 were $7.455 billion, an increase of $196.4 million or 2.7% compared with
$7.259 billion at December 31, 2009. The increase is primarily attributed to the deposits assumed in the U.S. Bank and First Bank
acquisitions. At December 31, 2010, deposits assumed from these two acquisitions totaled $638.5 million. Noninterest-bearing
deposits at December 31, 2011 were $1.972 billion compared with $1.673 billion at December 31, 2010, an increase of $299.0 million
or 17.9%. Noninterest-bearing deposits were $1.673 billion at December 31, 2010, an increase of $180.6 million or 12.1% compared
with $1.493 billion at December 31, 2009. Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2011 were $6.088 billion, up $306.3 million or
5.3% compared with $5.782 billion at December 31, 2010. Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2010 of $5.782 billion
47
represented a $15.8 million increase compared with $5.766 billion at December 31, 2009. There were no major concentrations of
deposits at December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009.
The daily average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010
and 2009 are presented below:
2011
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Years Ended December 31,
2010
Average
Balance
(Dollars in thousands)
Average
Rate
2009
Average
Balance
Average
Rate
Interest-bearing checking ................................ $ 1,393,501
472,983
Regular savings .................................................
1,948,752
Money market savings ......................................
2,135,858
Time deposits ....................................................
5,951,094
1,800,102
Total deposits ..........................................$ 7,751,196
Total interest-bearing deposits ................
Noninterest-bearing deposits .............................
0.53% $ 1,336,400
0.32
377,456
1,812,239
0.53
2,438,968
1.02
5,965,063
0.69
1,567,676
—
0.53% $ 7,532,739
0.67% $ 1,082,332
320,530
0.46
1,590,191
0.74
2,730,263
1.53
5,723,316
1.03
1,488,699
—
0.82% $ 7,212,015
0.79%
0.56
1.11
2.48
1.67
—
1.33%
The Company’s ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010, and 2009 was 23.2%, 20.8%, and 20.6%, respectively.
The following table sets forth the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit that are $100,000 or greater by time
remaining until maturity:
Three months or less ...........................................................................................................$
Over three through six months. ...........................................................................................
Over six through 12 months ................................................................................................
Over 12 months ...................................................................................................................
Total ..........................................................................................................................$
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
276,934
266,874
314,149
171,419
1,029,376
Other Borrowings
The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment activities. Borrowings consist of
funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and correspondent banks. FHLB advances are considered short-term, overnight
borrowings and used to control liquidity as needed. At December 31, 2011 the Company had outstanding $12.8 million in FHLB
borrowings of which all consisted of long-term FHLB notes payable compared to $374.4 million in FHLB borrowings, of which $14.4
million consisted of long-term FHLB notes payable and $360.0 million consisted of short-term overnight borrowings at December 31,
2010. FHLB advances are available to the Company under a security and pledge agreement. At December 31, 2011, the Company
had total funds of $3.13 billion available under this agreement of which $12.8 million was outstanding. The weighted average interest
rate paid on the FHLB notes payable at December 31, 2011 was 4.4%. The maturity dates on the FHLB notes payable range from the
years 2013 to 2028 and have interest rates ranging from 4.08% to 6.10%. The highest outstanding balance of FHLB advances during
2011 was $474.0 million compared with $465.0 million during 2010. The average rate paid on FHLB advances for the year ended
December 31, 2011 was 0.22%.
At December 31, 2011, the Company had $54.9 million in overnight securities sold under repurchase agreements compared with
$60.7 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $5.8 million or 9.5% with average rates paid of 0.54% and 0.73%, respectively.
48
The following table presents the Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010:
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2010
FHLB advances ................................................................................................................................ $
FHLB long-term notes payable ........................................................................................................
Total other borrowings ...........................................................................................................
Securities sold under repurchase agreements ...................................................................................
Total ....................................................................................................................................... $
(Dollars in thousands)
$
--
12,790
12,790
54,883
67,673
$
360,000
14,433
374,433
60,659
435,092
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had outstanding $85.1 million and $92.3 million in junior subordinated
debentures issued to the Company’s unconsolidated subsidiary trusts, respectively. On March 7, 2011, the Company redeemed $7.2
million in junior subordinated debentures held by TXUI Statutory Trust I that bore a fixed interest rate of 10.60%. A penalty of
$383,000 was incurred in connection with the payoff and recorded as interest expense.
A summary of pertinent information related to the Company’s seven issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding at
December 31, 2011 is set forth in the table below:
Description
Prosperity Statutory Trust II ............................
Trust
Preferred
Securities
Outstanding
July 31, 2001 $ 15,000,000
Issuance Date
Junior
Subordinated
Debt Owed
to Trusts
$ 15,464,000
Maturity
Date(2)
July 31, 2031
Interest Rate(1)
3 month LIBOR
+ 3.58%, not to exceed
12.50%
Prosperity Statutory Trust III ...........................
Aug. 15, 2003
12,500,000
3 month LIBOR + 3.00%
12,887,000 Sept. 17, 2033
Prosperity Statutory Trust IV ...........................
Dec. 30, 2003
12,500,000
3 month LIBOR + 2.85%
12,887,000
Dec. 30, 2033
SNB Capital Trust IV(3) ................................
Sept. 25, 2003
10,000,000
3 month LIBOR + 3.00%
10,310,000
Sept. 25, 2033
TXUI Statutory Trust II(4) ................................
Dec. 19, 2003
5,000,000
3 month LIBOR + 2.85%
5,155,000
Dec. 19, 2033
TXUI Statutory Trust III(4) ...............................
Nov. 30, 2005
15,500,000
3 month LIBOR + 1.39%
15,980,000
Dec. 15, 2035
TXUI Statutory Trust IV(4) ...............................
Mar. 31, 2006
12,000,000
3 month LIBOR + 1.39%
12,372,000
$ 85,055,000
June 30, 2036
(1) The 3-month LIBOR in effect as of December 31, 2011 was 0.581%.
(2) All debentures are callable five years from issuance date.
(3) Assumed in connection with the SNB acquisition on April 1, 2006.
(4) Assumed in connection with the TXUI acquisition on January 31, 2007.
49
Each of the trusts is a capital or statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing
the proceeds in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The preferred trust securities of each trust represent preferred
beneficial interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payment of the junior
subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly owned by the Company. Each trust’s ability
to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making payment on the related junior
subordinated debentures. The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all
of the Company’s present and future senior indebtedness. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed each trust’s
obligations under the trust securities issued by such trust to the extent not paid or made by each trust, provided such trust has funds
available for such obligations.
Under the provisions of each issue of the debentures, the Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures
at any time, or from time to time, for periods not exceeding five years. If interest payments on either issue of the debentures are
deferred, the distributions on the applicable trust preferred securities and common securities will also be deferred.
Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk
The Company’s asset liability and funds management policy provides management with the guidelines for effective funds
management, and the Company has established a measurement system for monitoring its net interest rate sensitivity position. The
Company manages its sensitivity position within established guidelines.
As a financial institution, the Company’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest
rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of the Company’s assets and liabilities, and the
market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest
rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of
future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and
to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.
The Company manages its exposure to interest rates by structuring its balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. The
Company does not enter into instruments such as leveraged derivatives, interest rate swaps, financial options, financial future contracts
or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. Based upon the nature of the Company’s operations, the
Company is not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. The Company does not own any trading assets.
The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is managed by the Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), which is composed of
senior officers of the Company, in accordance with policies approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The ALCO formulates
strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the ALCO
considers the impact on earnings and capital of the current outlook on interest rates, potential changes in interest rates, regional
economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors. The ALCO meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of
assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase
and sale activities, commitments to originate loans and the maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the ALCO reviews
liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of deposits and consumer and commercial deposit activity. Management uses two
methodologies to manage interest rate risk: (i) an analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities; and (ii) an interest rate shock simulation model. The Company has traditionally managed its business to reduce its overall
exposure to changes in interest rates.
An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate
change in line with general market interest rates. The management of interest rate risk is performed by analyzing the maturity and
repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time (“GAP”) and by
analyzing the effects of interest rate changes on net interest income over specific periods of time by projecting the performance of the
mix of assets and liabilities in varied interest rate environments. Interest rate sensitivity reflects the potential effect on net interest
income of a movement in interest rates. A company is considered to be asset sensitive, or having a positive GAP, when the amount of
its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also
maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, a company is considered to be liability sensitive, or having a negative GAP,
when the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-
earning assets also maturing or repricing within that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to
affect net interest income adversely, while a positive GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period
of falling interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to
affect net interest income adversely.
50
The following table sets forth the Company’s interest rate sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2011:
Interest-earning assets:
Securities (excluding unrealized
gain of $20.7 million) ................. $
Loans ...............................................
Federal funds sold and other
temporary investments................
Total interest-earning
assets ............................ $
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Demand, money market and
savings deposits .......................... $
Certificates of deposit and other
time deposits. ..............................
Junior subordinated debentures .......
Securities sold under repurchase
agreements ..................................
Other borrowings ............................
Total interest-bearing
liabilities ....................... $
Period GAP ....................... $
Cumulative GAP ............... $
Period GAP to total
assets ............................
Cumulative GAP to total
assets ............................
Volumes Subject to Repricing Within
0-30
days
31-180
days
181-365
days
Greater than
one year
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
155,223
788,435
$
691,796
291,222
$
703,771
354,354
$
3,087,419
2,331,895
$ 4,638,209
3,765,906
642
—
—
—
642
944,300
$
983,018
$
1,058,125
$
5,419,314
$ 8,404,757
4,089,723
$
—
$
—
$
—
4,089,723
189,068
85,055
54,883
84
845,083
—
—
427
623,375
—
—
667
340,779
—
—
11,612
1,998,305
85,055
54,883
12,790
4,418,813
(3,474,513)
(3,474,513)
$
$
$
845,510
137,508
(3,337,005)
$
$
$
624,042
434,083
(2,902,922)
$
$
$
352,391
5,066,923
2,164,001
$ 6,240,756
$ 2,164,001
(35.37)%
1.40%
4.42%
(35.37)%
(33.97)%
(29.55)%
51.58%
22.03%
While the GAP position is a useful tool in measuring interest rate risk and contributes toward effective asset and liability
management, it is difficult to predict the effect of changing interest rates solely on that measure, without accounting for alterations in
the maturity or repricing characteristics of the balance sheet that occur during changes in market interest rates. For example, the GAP
position reflects only the prepayment assumptions pertaining to the current rate environment. Assets tend to prepay more rapidly
during periods of declining interest rates than during periods of rising interest rates. Because of this and other risk factors not
contemplated by the GAP position, an institution could have a matched GAP position in the current rate environment and still have its
net interest income exposed to increased rate risk. Additionally, the Company had $1.97 billion in noninterest-bearing deposits at
December 31, 2011 that are not reflected in the table above and are not directly impacted by interest rate changes.
The assumptions used are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or
precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s
simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the
application and timing of various management strategies.
In addition to GAP analysis, the Company uses an interest rate risk simulation model and shock analysis to test the interest rate
sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet, respectively. Contractual maturities and repricing opportunities of loans are
incorporated in the model as are prepayment assumptions, maturity data and call options within the investment portfolio. Assumptions
based on past experience are incorporated into the model for nonmaturity deposit accounts. The assumptions used are inherently
uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations
in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude
and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management
strategies.
51
The Company utilizes static balance sheet rate shocks to estimate the potential impact on net interest income of changes in
interest rates under various rate scenarios. This analysis estimates a percentage of change in the metric from the stable rate base
scenario versus alternative scenarios of rising and falling market interest rates by instantaneously shocking a static balance sheet. The
following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income over a 12-month horizon as of December 31, 2011:
Change in Interest
Rates (Basis Points)
+200 ................................................................................................................................ 0.0%
+100 ................................................................................................................................ 2.1%
Base ................................................................................................................................
-100 ................................................................................................................................
Percent Change
in Net Interest Income
—
(3.7)%
The results are primarily due to behavior of demand, money market and savings deposits during such rate fluctuations. The
Company has found that historically, interest rates on these deposits change more slowly than changes in the discount and federal
funds rates. This assumption is incorporated into the simulation model and is generally not fully reflected in a GAP analysis. The
assumptions incorporated into the model are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net
interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ
from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market
conditions and the application and timing of various strategies.
Liquidity
Liquidity involves the Company’s ability to raise funds to support asset growth and acquisitions or reduce assets to meet deposit
withdrawals and other payment obligations, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise to operate the Company on an ongoing
basis and manage unexpected events. During the two years ended December 31, 2011, the Company’s liquidity needs have primarily
been met by growth in core deposits, security and loan maturities and amortizing investment and loan portfolios. Although access to
purchased funds from correspondent banks and overnight advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank-Dallas are available and have
been utilized on occasion to take advantage of investment opportunities, the Company does not generally rely on these external
funding sources.
The following table illustrates, during the years presented, the mix of the Company’s funding sources and the average assets in
which those funds are invested as a percentage of the Company’s average total assets for the period indicated. Average assets totaled
$9.629 billion in 2011 compared to $9.278 billion in 2010.
2011
2010
Source of Funds:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing...........................................................................................................................
Interest-bearing ................................................................................................................................
Junior subordinated debentures ..................................................................................................................
Securities sold under repurchase agreements .............................................................................................
Other borrowings ........................................................................................................................................
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities ...........................................................................................................
Shareholders’ equity ................................................................................................................................
18.69%
61.80
0.90
0.71
1.59
0.59
15.72
Total .................................................................................................................................................. 100.00%
Uses of Funds:
Loans ..........................................................................................................................................................
Securities ....................................................................................................................................................
Federal funds sold and other interest-earning assets ..................................................................................
Other noninterest-earning assets .................................................................................................................
37.89%
48.04
0.28
13.79
Total .................................................................................................................................................. 100.00%
23.22%
47.07%
Average noninterest-bearing deposits to total average deposits .......................................................
Average loans to average deposits ................................................................................................
16.90%
64.29
0.99
0.88
1.18
0.61
15.15
100.00%
36.59%
48.60
0.53
14.28
100.00%
20.81%
45.06%
52
The Company’s largest source of funds is deposits and its largest uses of funds are securities and loans. The Company does not
expect a change in the source or use of its funds in the foreseeable future. The Company’s average loans increased 7.5% for the year
ended December 31, 2011 compared with the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company predominantly invests excess deposits in
government backed securities until the funds are needed to fund loan growth. The Company’s securities portfolio has a weighted
average life of 2.6 years and an effective duration of 2.5 years at December 31, 2011.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding $449.0 million in commitments to extend credit and $14.6 million in
commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and
commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the total outstanding may not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding
requirements.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had no exposure to future cash requirements associated with known uncertainties or
capital expenditures of a material nature.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $213.4 million compared with $159.4 million at
December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to a increase in cash and due from banks of $53.8 million.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of
December 31, 2011 (other than deposit obligations and securities sold repurchase agreements). The Company’s future cash payments
associated with its contractual obligations pursuant to its junior subordinated debentures, FHLB notes payable and operating leases as
of December 31, 2011 are summarized below. Payments for junior subordinated debentures include interest of $54.6 million that will
be paid over the future periods. The future interest payments were calculated using the current rate in effect at December 31, 2011.
The current principal balance of the junior subordinated debentures at December 31, 2011 was $85.1 million. Payments for FHLB
notes payable include interest of $3.5 million that will be paid over the future periods. Payments related to leases are based on actual
payments specified in underlying contracts.
Payments due in:
Junior subordinated debentures .............................................
Federal Home Loan Bank notes payable ..............................
Operating leases ................................................................
$
Total. ................................................................ $
2,506 $
1,548
5,219
9,273 $
Off-Balance Sheet Items
1 year or less
More than 1
year but less
than 3 years
3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
(Dollars in thousands)
5 years
or more
Total
5,012 $
3,258
7,727
15,997 $
5,012 $ 127,149 $ 139,679
16,264
8,002
3,456
16,588
517
3,125
135,668 $ 172,531
11,593
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States, are not included in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into these
transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters
of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the
consolidated balance sheets.
53
The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit expiring
by period as of December 31, 2011 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to
extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:
1 year or less
More than 1
year but less
than 3 years
3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
(Dollars in thousands)
5 years
or more
Total
Standby letters of credit ....................................................$
Commitments to extend credit ..........................................
Total ........................................................................$
10,573 $
286,574
297,147 $
4,020 $
32,754
36,774 $
55 $
— $
14,648
11,513
448,969
118,128
11,568 $ 118,128 $ 463,617
Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the
performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement
with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the
Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the
Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company’s policies generally require that standby letter of credit
arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.
Commitments to Extend Credit. The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed
expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Company’s commitments
to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. The Company
minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures.
Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance
for credit losses.
Capital Resources
Capital management consists of providing equity to support the Company’s current and future operations. The Company is
subject to capital adequacy requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and the Bank is subject to capital adequacy
requirements imposed by the FDIC. Both the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital requirements for
assessing bank holding company and bank capital adequacy. These standards define capital and establish minimum capital
requirements in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposure, adjusted for credit risk. The risk-based capital standards currently in
effect are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among bank holding
companies and banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and
off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate relative risk weights. The resulting capital ratios
represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.
The risk-based capital standards issued by the Federal Reserve Board require all bank holding companies to have “Tier 1
capital” of at least 4.0% and “total risk-based” capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2) of at least 8.0% of total risk-weighted assets. “Tier 1 capital”
generally includes common shareholders’ equity and qualifying perpetual preferred stock together with related surpluses and retained
earnings, less deductions for goodwill and various other intangibles. “Tier 2 capital” may consist of a limited amount of intermediate-
term preferred stock, a limited amount of term subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital instruments and other debt securities,
perpetual preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, and a limited amount of the general valuation allowance for loan losses. The
sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital is “total risk-based capital.”
The Federal Reserve Board has also adopted guidelines which supplement the risk-based capital guidelines with a minimum
ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated tangible assets, or “leverage ratio,” of 3.0% for institutions with well diversified
risk, including no undue interest rate exposure; excellent asset quality; high liquidity; good earnings; and that are generally considered
to be strong banking organizations, rated composite 1 under applicable federal guidelines, and that are not experiencing or anticipating
significant growth. Other banking organizations are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. These rules further provide
that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain capital positions
substantially above the minimum supervisory levels and comparable to peer group averages, without significant reliance on intangible
assets.
54
Pursuant to FDICIA, each federal banking agency revised its risk-based capital standards to ensure that those standards take
adequate account of interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk and the risks of nontraditional activities, as well as reflect the actual
performance and expected risk of loss on multifamily mortgages. The Bank is subject to capital adequacy guidelines of the FDIC that
are substantially similar to the Federal Reserve Board’s guidelines. Also pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC has promulgated regulations
setting the levels at which an insured institution such as the Bank would be considered “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,”
“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” Under the FDIC’s regulations, the Bank is
classified “well-capitalized” for purposes of prompt corrective action.
Total shareholders’ equity increased to $1.57 billion at December 31, 2011 compared with $1.45 billion at December 31, 2010,
an increase of $114.9 million or 7.9%. This increase was primarily the result of net income of $141.7 million, common stock issued in
connection with the exercise of stock options and restricted stock awards of $4.2 million and stock based compensation expense of
$3.6 million, partially offset by dividends paid on the common stock of $33.7 million. Total shareholders’ equity increased to $1.452
billion at December 31, 2010 compared with $1.351 billion at December 31, 2009, an increase of $101.1 million or 7.5%. This
increase was primarily the result of net income of $127.7 million, common stock issued in connection with the exercise of stock
options and restricted stock awards of $2.7 million and stock based compensation expense of $3.0 million, partially offset by
dividends paid on the common stock of $29.8 million and a decrease in the change in unrealized gains on available for sale securities
of $2.5 million.
The following table provides a comparison of the Company’s and the Bank’s leverage and risk-weighted capital ratios as of
December 31, 2011 to the minimum and well-capitalized regulatory standards:
Minimum Required
for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Categorized as
Well-Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
Actual Ratio at
December 31, 2011
The Company
Leverage ratio ....................................................
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio ............................
Total risk-based capital ratio .............................
The Bank
Leverage ratio ....................................................
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio ............................
Total risk-based capital ratio .............................
3.00%(1)
4.00
8.00
3.00%(2)
4.00
8.00
N/A
N/A
N/A
5.00%
6.00
10.00
7.89%
15.90
17.09
7.75%
15.62
16.81
(1) The Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum.
(2) The FDIC may require the Bank to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum.
As of December 31, 2011, all trust preferred securities were counted as Tier 1 capital. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company
must deduct all trust preferred securities issued on or after May 19, 2010 from the Company’s Tier 1 capital; however, bank holding
companies with less than $15.0 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, such as the Company, are not required to
deduct existing trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 from Tier 1 capital.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
For information regarding the market risk of the Company’s financial instruments, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Financial Condition—Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk. The
Company’s principal market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates.
55
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial statements, the report thereon, the notes thereto and supplementary data commence at page 64 of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
The following table presents certain unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information concerning the Company’s results of
operations for each of the two years indicated below. The information should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated
financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA OF THE COMPANY
December 31
September 30
June 30
March 31
Quarter Ended 2011
Interest income ...........................................................................................$
Interest expense ..........................................................................................
Net interest income ...........................................................................
Provision for credit losses ..........................................................................
Net interest income after provision ..................................................
Noninterest income ....................................................................................
Noninterest expense ...................................................................................
Income before income taxes .............................................................
Provision for income taxes .........................................................................
Net income .......................................................................................$
89,658
9,571
80,087
1,150
78,937
14,065
38,385
54,617
18,211
36,406
Earnings per share(1):
Basic ................................................................................................$
Diluted ..............................................................................................$
0.78
0.77
Interest income ...........................................................................................$
Interest expense ..........................................................................................
Net interest income ...........................................................................
Provision for credit losses ..........................................................................
Net interest income after provision ..................................................
Noninterest income ....................................................................................
Noninterest expense ...................................................................................
Income before income taxes .............................................................
Provision for income taxes .........................................................................
Net income .......................................................................................$
92,436
12,927
79,509
2,900
76,609
13,905
41,227
49,287
16,489
32,798
Earnings per share(1):
Basic ................................................................................................$
Diluted ..............................................................................................$
0.70
0.70
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
$
$
93,189
10,651
82,538
950
81,588
14,581
41,151
55,018
18,645
36,373
0.78
0.77
96,247
15,980
80,267
3,000
77,267
13,654
42,593
48,328
16,162
32,166
0.69
0.69
$
$
$
$
$
$
95,652 $
12,022
83,630
1,400
82,230
13,530
42,514
53,246
18,154
35,092 $
93,409
12,996
80,413
1,700
78,713
13,867
41,695
50,885
17,007
33,878
0.75 $
0.75 $
0.72
0.72
99,358 $
18,758
80,600
3,275
77,325
13,296
43,049
47,572
15,826
31,746 $
96,496
18,724
77,772
4,410
73,362
12,978
39,725
46,615
15,617
30,998
0.68 $
0.68 $
0.67
0.66
$
$
$
$
$
$
December 31
September 30
June 30
March 31
Quarter Ended 2010
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
$
$
(1) Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented and therefore may not total earnings per share
for the year.
56
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out
an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. In designing and
evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was
required to apply judgment in evaluating its controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
Changes in internal control over financial reporting. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31,
2011, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting.
57
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.
As of December 31, 2011, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework,”
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission. This assessment included controls
over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the
Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.
Deloitte & Touche LLP the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of
the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. The report is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm.”
Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations
Management is also responsible for ensuring compliance with the federal laws and regulations concerning loans to insiders and
the federal and state laws and regulations concerning dividend restrictions, both of which are designated by the FDIC as safety and
soundness laws and regulations.
Management assessed its compliance with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations and has maintained records
of its determinations and assessments as required by the FDIC. Based on this assessment, management believes that the Company has
complied with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations for the year ended December 31, 2011.
58
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Houston, Texas
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as
of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the
reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s
assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the
schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for
Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s
principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of
directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper
management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to
the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies
or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have not examined and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s
statement referring to compliance with laws and regulations.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated February 29,
2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Houston, Texas
February 29, 2012
59
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Election of
Directors,” “Continuing Directors and Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate
Governance—Committees of the Board—Audit Committee,” “Corporate Governance—Director Nomination Process” and “Corporate
Governance—Code of Ethics” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2012
Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days of the
Company’s fiscal year end.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Executive
Compensation and Other Matters” and “Director Compensation” in the 2012 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
Certain information required by this Item 12 is included under “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation
Plans” in Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the information under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock by Management of the Company and
Principal Shareholders” in the 2012 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Corporate
Governance—Director Independence” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the 2012 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Fees and
Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2012 Proxy Statement.
60
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
PART IV.
1. Consolidated Financial Statements. Reference is made to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the report thereon and
the notes thereto commencing at page 64 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Set forth below is a list of such Consolidated
Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Financial Statement Schedules. All supplemental schedules are omitted as inapplicable or because the required
information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
3. The exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K listed below have been included only with the copy of this report
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company will furnish a copy of any exhibit to shareholders upon
written request to the Company and payment of a reasonable fee not to exceed the Company’s reasonable expense.
Each exhibit marked with an asterisk is filed or furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as noted below.
Exhibit
Number(1)
3.1 — Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267))
Description
3.2 — Articles of Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2006)
3.3 — Amended and Restated Bylaws of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 19, 2007)
4.1 — Form of certificate representing shares of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. common stock (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267))
4.2 —
Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., as Issuer, and State Street Bank and
Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the Floating Rate Junior
Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001)
4.3 — Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Prosperity Statutory Trust II dated as of July 31, 2001 (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2001)
4.4 — Guarantee Agreement dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and State Street Bank
and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001)
10.1† — Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267))
10.2† — Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267))
10.3† — Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-121767))
10.4† — Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity
Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and David Zalman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009)
61
Exhibit
Number(1)
Description
10.5† — First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective February 22, 2012 by and
among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and H. E. Timanus, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 24, 2012)
10.6† — Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity
Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and H. E. Timanus, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009)
10.7† — Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity Bancshares,
Inc., Prosperity Bank and James D. Rollins III (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009)
10.8† — Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity Bancshares,
Inc., Prosperity Bank and David Hollaway (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009)
10.9† — SNB Bancshares, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-133214))
21.1* — Subsidiaries of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
23.1* — Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
31.1* — Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
31.2* — Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
32.1** — Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2** — Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
101** —
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Interactive financial data
† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
*
**
(1) The Company has other long-term debt agreements that meet the exclusion set forth in Section 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation
Filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of such agreements to the Commission upon request.
(b) Exhibits. See the exhibit list included in Item 15(a)3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(c) Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a)2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
62
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant,
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: February 29, 2012
SIGNATURES
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.®
(Registrant)
By:
/s/ DAVID ZALMAN
David Zalman
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by
the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
Signature
Positions
Date
/s/ DAVID ZALMAN
David Zalman
/s/ DAVID HOLLAWAY
David Hollaway
/s/ JAMES A. BOULIGNY
James A. Bouligny
/s/ WILLIAM H. FAGAN, M.D.
William Fagan, M.D.
/s/ LEAH HENDERSON
Leah Henderson
/s/ NED S. HOLMES
Ned S. Holmes
/s/ PERRY MUELLER, JR., D.D.S.
Perry Mueller, Jr., D.D.S.
/s/ JAMES D. ROLLINS III
James D. Rollins III
/s/ HARRISON STAFFORD II
Harrison Stafford II
/s/ ROBERT STEELHAMMER
Robert Steelhammer
/s/ H.E. TIMANUS, JR.
H.E. Timanus, Jr.
/s/ ERVAN ZOUZALIK
Ervan Zouzalik
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer (principal executive officer); Director
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
February 29, 2012
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial
officer and principal accounting officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
63
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..................................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 ........................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 ............................................
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 ..................................................................................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 .....................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .........................................................................................................................
Page
65
66
67
68
69
70
64
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Houston, Texas
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company")
as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Prosperity
Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated
February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Houston, Texas
February 29, 2012
65
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
2011
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
158,975
Cash and due from banks ............................................................................................................................... $
393
Federal funds sold ..........................................................................................................................................
159,368
Total cash and cash equivalents............................................................................................................
428,553
Available for sale securities, at fair value ......................................................................................................
Held to maturity securities, at cost (fair value of $4,492,988 and $4,310,807, respectively) ........................ 4,336,620 4,188,563
Loans held for investment .............................................................................................................................. 3,765,906 3,485,023
(51,584)
Less allowance for credit losses .....................................................................................................................
Loans, net .......................................................................................................................... 3,714,312 3,433,439
29,935
Accrued interest receivable ............................................................................................................................
924,258
Goodwill ........................................................................................................................................................
28,776
Core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $58,158 and $50,378, respectively................
159,053
Bank premises and equipment, net.................................................................................................................
11,053
Other real estate owned ..................................................................................................................................
48,697
Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI), net .......................................................................................................
24,982
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock .....................................................................................................
39,895
Other assets ....................................................................................................................................................
TOTAL ASSETS ........................................................................................................................................... $ 9,822,671 $ 9,476,572
29,405
924,537
20,996
159,656
8,328
50,029
11,601
31,429
212,800 $
642
213,442
322,316
(51,594)
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing .............................................................................................................................. $ 1,972,226 $ 1,673,190
Interest-bearing ..................................................................................................................................... 6,088,028 5,781,730
Total deposits .............................................................................................................................. 8,060,254 7,454,920
374,433
60,659
4,014
37,942
92,265
Total liabilities ................................................................................................................... 8,255,406 8,024,233
Other borrowings ...........................................................................................................................................
Securities sold under repurchase agreements ................................................................................................
Accrued interest payable ................................................................................................................................
Other liabilities ..............................................................................................................................................
Junior subordinated debentures ......................................................................................................................
12,790
54,883
2,803
39,621
85,055
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $1 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding ............................
Common stock, $1 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 46,947,415 and 46,721,114 shares issued
at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively; 46,910,327 and 46,684,026 shares outstanding at
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively ...............................................................................................
Capital surplus ...............................................................................................................................................
Retained earnings ...........................................................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income—net unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of
—
—
46,947
883,575
623,878
46,721
876,050
515,871
tax of $7,254 and $7,702, respectively ......................................................................................................
Less treasury stock, at cost, 37,088 shares .....................................................................................................
14,304
(607)
1,567,265 1,452,339
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY ........................................................................ $ 9,822,671 $ 9,476,572
Total shareholders’ equity ................................................................................................
13,472
(607)
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
66
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
2011
For the Years Ended December 31,
2010
(Dollars in thousands, except
per share data)
2009
INTEREST INCOME:
Loans, including fees ................................................................................................ $ 214,273
157,580
Securities ......................................................................................................................
55
Federal funds sold ........................................................................................................
371,908
Total interest income .................................................................................
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Deposits ........................................................................................................................
Junior subordinated debentures ....................................................................................
Securities sold under repurchase agreements ...............................................................
Other borrowings ..........................................................................................................
Total interest expense ................................................................................
NET INTEREST INCOME ................................................................................................
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES ...................................................................................
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES ........................
NONINTEREST INCOME:
Non-sufficient Funds (NSF) fees ..................................................................................
Debit card and ATM card income ................................................................................
Service charges on deposit accounts ............................................................................
Other .............................................................................................................................
Total noninterest income ...........................................................................
40,975
2,984
369
912
45,240
326,668
5,200
321,468
24,442
15,391
9,981
6,229
56,043
NONINTEREST EXPENSE:
Salaries and employee benefits.....................................................................................
Net occupancy ..............................................................................................................
Debit card, data processing and software amortization ................................................
Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance ...............................................................
Core deposit intangibles amortization ..........................................................................
Depreciation .................................................................................................................
Other .............................................................................................................................
92,057
14,634
6,823
8,901
7,780
8,150
25,400
163,745
213,766
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES .................................................................................
72,017
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES ...................................................................................
NET INCOME .......................................................................................................................$ 141,749
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Total noninterest expense ..........................................................................
3.03
3.01
Basic .............................................................................................................................$
Diluted ..........................................................................................................................$
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
67
$ 209,711
174,707
119
384,537
$ 219,320
190,106
188
409,614
61,509
3,250
595
1,035
66,389
318,148
13,585
304,563
27,580
12,581
10,089
3,583
53,833
95,834
3,760
1,166
1,753
102,513
307,101
28,775
278,326
31,094
10,975
9,853
8,355
60,097
86,980
15,153
6,222
11,039
9,016
8,313
29,871
166,594
191,802
64,094
$ 127,708
84,396
14,910
6,449
13,662
10,076
8,226
31,981
169,700
168,723
56,844
$ 111,879
$
$
2.74
2.73
$
$
2.42
2.41
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
46,117
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Retained
Earnings
Capital
Surplus
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
9,853
867,380
332,363
Treasury
Stock
(607)
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
1,255,106
111,879
6,953
118,832
2,026
1,515
(26,234 )
1,351,245
127,708
(2,502 )
125,206
2,696
3,037
(29,845 )
1,452,339
141,749
(832 )
140,917
4,175
3,576
(33,742 )
1,567,265
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008 .....................................................
46,116,801
Comprehensive income:
Net income ......................................................................................
Net change in unrealized gain on available
for sale securities
(net of tax of $3.7 million) ................................
Total comprehensive
income ................................
Common stock issued in connection with the
exercise of stock options and restricted stock
awards .......................................................................................
461,167
Stock based compensation expense ................................
Cash dividends declared, $0.568 per share................................
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009 .....................................................
46,577,968
Comprehensive income:
Net income ......................................................................................
Net change in unrealized gain on available
for sale securities (net of tax benefit of
$1.3 million) ...............................................................
111,879
6,953
461
1,565
1,515
46,578
870,460
(26,234)
418,008
127,708
16,806
(607)
(2,502)
Total comprehensive
income ................................
Common stock issued in connection with the
exercise of stock options and restricted stock
awards .......................................................................................
143,146
143
Stock based compensation expense ................................
Cash dividends declared, $0.64 per share ................................
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010 .....................................................
Comprehensive income:
Net income ......................................................................................
(29,845)
46,721,114 $ 46,721 $ 876,050 $ 515,871
141,749
Net change in unrealized gain on available
for sale securities (net of tax benefit of
$448 thousand) ...........................................................
Total comprehensive
income ................................
Common stock issued in connection with the
exercise of stock options and restricted stock
awards .......................................................................................
226,301
226
Stock based compensation expense ................................
Cash dividends declared, $0.72 per share ................................
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2011 .....................................................
(33,742)
46,947,415 $ 46,947 $ 883,575 $ 623,878
2,553
3,037
3,949
3,576
$
14,304 $
(607)
$
(832)
$
13,472 $
(607)
$
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
68
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
2011
For the Years Ended December 31,
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
2009
141,749
$
127,708
$
111,879
15,930
5,200
28,675
528
581
(33)
—
3,576
20,967
696
217,869
1,301,230
(1,478,721)
1,255,715
(1,150,000)
(298,246)
(9,480)
14,202
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(365,300)
299,036
306,665
(360,000)
(1,643)
(5,776)
(7,210)
4,175
(33,742)
201,505
54,074
159,368
213,442
70,324
46,451
14,051
17,329
13,585
22,181
3,860
—
(1,354)
—
3,037
(674)
(7,976)
177,696
1,246,820
(1,940,137)
1,168,459
(999,998)
(29,160)
(13,866)
35,353
344,722
(13,136)
379,771
(26,876)
—
—
—
—
151,952
52,066
(723,063)
360,000
(11,707)
(15,744)
—
2,696
(29,845)
(365,597)
(35,949)
195,317
159,368
64,477
69,718
44,751
$
$
$
18,302
28,775
930
(623)
—
(6,917)
99
1,515
(31,290)
(49,042)
73,628
898,293
(1,076,085)
829,639
(599,999)
148,533
(34,974)
27,697
—
—
—
—
(50)
(17)
(865)
106
192,278
(33,187)
(15,151)
(200,000)
(3,255)
(23,421)
—
2,026
(26,234)
(299,222)
(33,316)
228,633
195,317
61,100
109,795
33,605
$
$
$
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income .............................................................................................................................................................................$
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and CDI amortization ........................................................................................................................
Provision for credit losses ................................................................................................................................
Net accretion of discount on investments ...............................................................................................................
Loss (gain) on sale or write down of premises, equipment and other real estate ................................................
Loss on sale of securities ................................................................................................................................
Net amortization of premium on loans and deposits .............................................................................................
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale ...............................................................................................................
Stock based compensation expense ........................................................................................................................
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets ................................................................
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities ................................................................
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................................................................................
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from maturities and principal paydowns of held to maturity securities ............................................................
Purchase of held to maturity securities ................................................................................................................................
Proceeds from maturities, sales and principal paydowns of available for sale securities ................................................
Purchase of available for sale securities ..............................................................................................................................
Net (increase) decrease in loans held for investment ................................................................................................
Purchase of bank premises and equipment ..........................................................................................................................
Proceeds from sale of bank premises, equipment and other real estate .............................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of U.S. Bank branches ................................................................
Premium paid for U.S. Bank branches................................................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of First Bank branches ................................................................
Premium paid for First Bank branches ................................................................................................................................
Purchase of Banco Popular branches ................................................................................................................................
Purchase of 1st Choice Bancorp, Inc. ................................................................................................................................
Purchase of assets of Franklin Bank ................................................................................................................................
Net decrease in interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions .....................................................................................
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities ..................................................................................
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase (decrease) in noninterest-bearing deposits ................................................................................................
Net increase (decrease) in interest-bearing deposits ................................................................................................
(Repayments of) proceeds from other short-term borrowings ...........................................................................................
Repayments of other long-term borrowings ........................................................................................................................
Net decrease in securities sold under repurchase agreements ............................................................................................
Redemption of junior subordinated debentures...................................................................................................................
Proceeds from stock option exercises ................................................................................................................................
Payments of cash dividends ..................................................................................................................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .................................................................................
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS .................................................................................
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ..............................................................................................
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD .............................................................................................................$
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
Income taxes paid ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Interest paid .........................................................................................................................................................................................$
Noncash investing and financing activities — acquisition of real estate through foreclosure of collateral ................................$
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
69
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations—Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® (“Bancshares”) and its subsidiaries, Prosperity Holdings of Delaware,
LLC (“Holdings”) and Prosperity Bank® (the “Bank”, and together with Bancshares and Holdings, collectively referred to as the
“Company”) provide retail and commercial banking services. The Company operates its business as one domestic segment.
The Bank operated one hundred seventy-five (175) full-service banking locations; with sixty (60) in the Houston area, twenty
(20) in the South Texas area including Corpus Christi and Victoria, thirty-three (33) in the Central Texas, ten (10) in the
Bryan/College Station area, twenty-one (21) in East Texas and thirty-one (31) in the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas area.
Accounting Standards Codification—The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards
Codification (“ASC”) became effective on July 1, 2009. At that date, the ASC became FASB’s officially recognized source of
authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles applicable to all public and non-public non-governmental entities,
superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Emerging Issues Task Force and related literature.
Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the authority of federal securities laws are
also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. All other accounting literature is considered non-authoritative. The switch to
the ASC affects the way companies refer to U.S. GAAP in financial statements and accounting policies. Citing particular content in
the ASC involves specifying the unique numeric path to the content through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph structure.
Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancshares and its wholly owned
subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and reporting policies of the
Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and the prevailing practices
within the banking industry. A summary of significant accounting and reporting policies is as follows:
Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates include, but
are not limited to, the calculation of stock-based compensation and the allowance for credit losses as well as the valuation of goodwill
and available for sale securities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Securities —Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of
discounts. Management has the positive intent and the Company has the ability to hold these assets as long-term securities until their
estimated maturities.
Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported, net of
tax, as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. Securities within the available for sale portfolio may be used as
part of the Company’s asset/liability strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest risk, prepayment risk or other similar
economic factors.
When other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) occurs, the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in
earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before
recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be
required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI shall be
recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance
sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the
security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI shall be separated into the amount
representing the credit-related portion of the impairment loss (“credit loss”) and the noncredit portion of the impairment loss
(“noncredit portion”). The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the difference between the
present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis and such difference is recognized in earnings. The
amount of the total OTTI related to the noncredit portion is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The
previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis of the investment.
Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted to operations using the level-yield method of accounting, adjusted for
prepayments as applicable. The specific identification method of accounting is used to compute gains or losses on the sales of these
assets. Interest earned on these assets is included in interest income.
Loans Held for Investment—Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned discount and fees.
Unearned discount relates principally to consumer installment loans. The related interest income for multipayment loans is recognized
principally by the simple interest method; for single payment loans, such income is recognized using the straight-line method.
70
Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Lending Activities—Loan origination fees in excess of the associated costs
are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.
Loan commitment fees and loan origination costs are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield by the interest method
over the related loan life or, if the commitment expires unexercised, recognized in income upon expiration of the commitment.
Nonperforming and Past Due Loans—Included in the nonperforming loan category are loans which have been categorized by
management as nonaccrual because collection of interest is doubtful and loans which have been restructured to provide a reduction in
the interest rate or a deferral of interest or principal payments. When the payment of principal or interest on a loan is delinquent for 90
days, or earlier in some cases, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying
collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. If the decision is made to continue accruing interest on the loan, periodic
reviews are made to confirm the accruing status of the loan. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest accrued during the
current year prior to the judgment of uncollectibility is charged to operations. Interest accrued during prior periods is charged to the
allowance for credit losses. Any payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied first to outstanding loan amounts and next to the
recovery of charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as recovery of lost interest.
Restructured loans are those loans on which concessions in terms have been granted because of a borrower’s financial difficulty.
Interest is generally accrued on such loans in accordance with the new terms.
Allowance for Credit Losses—The allowance for credit losses is a valuation allowance available for losses incurred on loans.
All losses are charged to the allowance when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that such a loss is probable.
Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery.
Throughout the year, management estimates the probable level of losses to determine whether the allowance for credit losses is
adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Based on these estimates, an amount is charged to the provision for credit
losses and credited to the allowance for credit losses in order to adjust the allowance to a level determined to be adequate to absorb
losses.
In making its evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, management considers factors such as historical loan
loss experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, the amount of nonperforming assets and related
collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the
borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review
process and other relevant factors.
Estimates of credit losses involve an exercise of judgment. While it is possible that in the short term the Company may sustain
losses which are substantial in relation to the allowance for credit losses, it is the judgment of management that the allowance for
credit losses reflected in the consolidated balance sheets is adequate to absorb probable losses that exist in the current loan portfolio.
The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two elements: (i) specific valuation allowances determined in accordance
with ASC Topic 310, “Receivables” based on probable losses on specific loans; and (ii) a general valuation allowance based on
historical loan loss experience, general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the
Company in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies”. A loan is defined as impaired by ASC Topic 310 if, based on current
information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due, both interest and principal, according to
the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Specifically, ASC Topic 310 requires that the allowance for credit losses related to
impaired loans be determined based on the difference of carrying value of loans and the present value of expected cash flows
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the
collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $3.6 million in nonaccrual loans and no 90 days
or more past due loans. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $4.4 million in nonaccrual loans and $189,000 in 90 days or more
past due loans. The Company had $5.3 million and $2.6 million in troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2011 and 2010,
respectively. The recorded investment in impaired loans was $4.0 million and $4.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010,
respectively. Such impaired loans required an allowance for credit losses of $1.2 million and $993,000 at December 31, 2011 and
2010, respectively. Interest revenue received on impaired loans is either applied against principal or realized as interest revenue,
according to management’s judgment as to the collectibility of principal. If interest on nonaccrual loans had been accrued under the
original loan terms, approximately $253,000, $701,000 and $434,000 would have been recorded as income for the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Premises and Equipment—Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is
computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from three to 39 years.
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the periods of the leases or the estimated useful lives,
whichever is shorter.
71
Goodwill —Goodwill is annually assessed for impairment or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company bases its evaluation on such impairment factors as the nature of the assets,
the future economic benefit of the assets, any historical or future profitability measurements, as well as other external market
conditions or factors that may be present.
Amortization of Core Deposit Intangibles—Core deposit intangibles are amortized using an accelerated amortization method
over an 8 to 10 year period.
Income Taxes—Bancshares files a consolidated federal income tax return.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated tax consequences attributable to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Codification Topic 740, “Income Taxes”, which
discusses the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements. GAAP prescribes a specified
recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or
expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in
interim periods, disclosure, and transition.
Stock-Based Compensation—The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans using the fair value-based
method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, “Stock Compensation”. ASC Topic 718 was effective for companies
in 2006, however, the Company has been recognizing stock-based compensation expense since January 1, 2003. The Company’s
results of operations reflect compensation expense for all employee stock-based compensation, including the unvested portion of stock
options granted prior to 2003. ASC Topic 718 requires that management make assumptions including stock price volatility and
employee turnover that are utilized to measure compensation expense. The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date
of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires the input of subjective assumptions.
Cash and Cash Equivalents—For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from
banks as well as federal funds sold that mature in three days or less.
Earnings Per Share—On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 260,
“Earnings Per Share,” which provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or
dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per
share pursuant to the two-class method.
ASC Topic 260 requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Under the two-class method, basic earnings per
common share is computed by dividing net earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities. Diluted earnings per common share is
computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the
potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common
stock using the treasury stock method.
Net income per common share for all periods presented has been calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 260. Outstanding
stock options issued by the Company represent the only dilutive effect reflected in diluted weighted average shares.
72
The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:
2011
December 31,
2010
2009
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Amount
Per Share
Amount
Amount
Per Share
Amount
(In thousands, except per share data)
$ 127,708
$ 111,879
Net income .....................................................$ 141,749
Basic:
Weighted average shares
outstanding ......................................
46,846 $
3.03
Diluted:
Weighted average shares
outstanding ......................................
46,846
Effect of dilutive
securities—options ..........................
171
Total .....................................................
47,017 $
3.01
46,621 $
2.74
46,177 $
2.42
46,621
211
46,832 $
46,177
177
2.73
46,354 $
2.41
The incremental shares for the assumed exercise of the outstanding options were determined by application of the treasury stock
method. There were no stock options exercisable at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 that would have had an anti-dilutive effect on
the above computation.
New Accounting Standards
Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”)
ASU No. 2010-20, “Receivables (Topic 310)—Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the
Allowance for Credit Losses.” ASU 2010-20 requires entities to provide disclosures designed to facilitate financial statement users’
evaluation of (i) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and
assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (iii) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit
losses. Disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment, the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic
method for determining its allowance for credit losses, and class of financing receivable, which is generally a disaggregation of
portfolio segment. The required disclosures include, among other things, a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses as well as
information about modified, impaired, non-accrual and past due loans and credit quality indicators. ASU 2010-20 became effective for
the Company’s financial statements as of December 31, 2010, as it relates to disclosures required as of the end of a reporting period.
Disclosures that relate to activity during a reporting period became effective for the Company’s financial statements beginning on
January 1, 2011. ASU 2011-01, “Receivables (Topic 310) - Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt
Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20,” temporarily deferred the effective date for disclosures related to troubled debt restructurings
to coincide with the effective date of the then proposed ASU 2011-02, “Receivables (Topic 310)—A Creditor’s Determination of
Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring,” which is further discussed below.
ASU No. 2010-28, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test
for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts.” ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for
reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the
goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than
not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an
impairment may exist such as if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a
reporting unit below its carrying amount. ASU 2010-28 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2011 and did not have a
significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
ASU No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring”. ASU 2011-02
provides additional guidance or clarification to help determine whether a creditor has granted a concession and whether a debtor is
experiencing financial difficulties for purposes of determining whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring.
ASU 2011-02 was adopted by the Company on July 1, 2011, and applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after
January 1, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-02 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU 2011-04 amends Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,”
to converge the fair value measurement guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and International Financial
Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, changes certain
73
principles in Topic 820 and requires additional fair value disclosures. ASU 2011-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after
December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 amends
Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income,” to require that all nonowner changes in shareholders’ equity be presented in either a single
continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Additionally, ASU 2011-05 requires
entities to present, on the face of the financial statements, reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other
comprehensive income to net income in the statement or statements where the components of net income and the components of other
comprehensive income are presented. The option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of
changes in shareholders’ equity was eliminated. ASU 2011-05 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and
will require that the Company change its presentation of comprehensive income.
ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” ASU 2011-08 amends
Topic 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other,” to give entities the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the
existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less
than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not
that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary.
However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating
the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. ASU 2011-08 is
effective for annual and interim impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact
on the Company’s financial statements.
ASU 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of
Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.”
ASU 2011-12 defers changes in ASU No. 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments to allow the FASB
time to redeliberate whether to require presentation of such adjustments on the face of the financial statements to show the effects of
reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income.
ASU 2011-12 allows entities to continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with
the presentation requirements in effect before ASU No. 2011-05. All other requirements in ASU No. 2011-05 are not affected by ASU
No. 2011-12. ASU 2011-12 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and is not expected to have
a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
2. ACQUISITIONS
Acquisitions are an integral part of the Company’s growth strategy. All acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were recorded at their fair values at the
acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets for tax free acquisitions was recorded
as goodwill, none of which is deductible for tax purposes. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net
assets for taxable acquisitions was also recorded as goodwill, and is deductible for tax purposes. The identified core deposit
intangibles for each acquisition are being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 to 10 year life. The results of
operations for each acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the respective
acquisition date. The following acquisitions were completed on the dates indicated:
The Company completed no acquisitions in 2011.
On March 29, 2010, the Company completed its acquisition of three (3) Texas banking centers from U.S. Bank. In connection
with the acquisition, the Company assumed approximately $375.0 million in deposits. The Company paid a premium of $13.1 million
to assume the deposits of the three U.S. Bank branches.
In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $13.3 million, of which $369 thousand was identified as
core deposit intangibles. The remaining $12.9 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.
On April 30, 2010, the Company completed its acquisition of nineteen (19) Texas banking centers from First Bank. In
connection with the acquisition, the Company assumed approximately $500.0 million in deposits. Four banking centers were
subsequently closed and consolidated with nearby Company banking centers. The Company paid a premium of $26.9 million to
assume the deposits of the nineteen First Bank branches.
In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $36.4 million, of which $2.0 million was identified as
core deposit intangibles. The remaining $34.3 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.
The Company completed no acquisitions in 2009.
74
3. GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES
Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and core deposit intangibles for fiscal 2011 and 2010 were as
follows:
Less:
Balance as of December 31, 2009 ................................................................
Amortization .............................................................................................................
Add:
Acquisition of U.S. Bank branches...........................................................................
Acquisition of First Bank branches ..........................................................................
Balance as of December 31, 2010 ................................................................
Less:
Amortization .............................................................................................................
876,987
—
12,928
34,343
924,258
—
Add:
Acquisition of First Bank branches ..........................................................................
Balance as of December 31, 2011 ................................................................ $
279
924,537
$
35,385
(9,016)
369
2,038
28,776
(7,780)
—
20,996
Goodwill
Core Deposit
Intangibles
(Dollars in thousands)
Purchase accounting adjustments to prior year acquisitions were made to adjust deferred tax asset and liability balances.
Goodwill is recorded on the acquisition date of each entity. The Company may record subsequent adjustments to goodwill for amounts
undeterminable at acquisition date, such as deferred taxes and real estate valuations, and therefore the goodwill amounts reflected in
the table above may change accordingly. The Company initially records the total premium paid on acquisitions as goodwill. After
finalizing the valuation, core deposit intangibles are identified and reclassified from goodwill to core deposit intangibles on the
balance sheet. This reclassification has no effect on total assets or liabilities. Management performs an evaluation annually, and more
frequently if a triggering event occurs, of whether any impairment of the goodwill and other intangibles has occurred. If any such
impairment is determined, a write down is recorded. As of December 31, 2011, there was no impairment recorded on goodwill.
Core deposit intangibles (“CDI”) are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated lives, which the Company believes
is between 8 and 10 years. Gross core deposit intangibles outstanding were $79.2 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31,
2010. Net core deposit intangibles outstanding were $21.0 million and $28.8 million at the same dates, respectively. The decrease was
due to amortization. Amortization expense related to intangible assets totaled $7.8 million and $9.0 million for the years ended
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease was primarily attributed to certain CDI that fully amortized in 2011.
The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for CDI remaining as of December 31, 2011 is as follows (dollars in
thousands):
2012 .....................................................................................................................................$
2013 .....................................................................................................................................
2014 .....................................................................................................................................
2015 .....................................................................................................................................
2016 .....................................................................................................................................
Thereafter ............................................................................................................................
Total ...........................................................................................................................$
6,347
4,465
3,314
2,804
2,481
1,585
20,996
4. CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
The Bank is required by the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas to maintain average reserve balances. “Cash and due from banks”
in the consolidated balance sheets includes amounts so restricted of $46.2 million and $42.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010,
respectively.
75
5. SECURITIES
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Available for Sale
States and political subdivisions ................................................................ $
Collateralized mortgage obligations ................................................................
Mortgage-backed securities ..............................................................................
Other securities ................................................................................................
Total ........................................................................................................$
37,060 $
786
254,965
8,778
301,589 $
2,022 $
—
18,307
491
20,820 $
(6) $
(21)
(66)
—
(93) $
39,076
765
273,206
9,269
322,316
Held to Maturity
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies ............$
States and political subdivisions ................................................................
Corporate debt securities ...................................................................................
Collateralized mortgage obligations ................................................................
Mortgage-backed securities ..............................................................................
Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB) .................................................
455 $
1,282
114
5,009
147,991
2,042
Total ........................................................................................................$ 4,336,620 $ 156,893 $
8,696 $
37,914
1,500
281,778
3,993,832
12,900
9,151
— $
38,912
(283)
1,614
—
286,637
(149)
4,141,732
(91)
14,942
—
(523) $ 4,492,988
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities as of December 31, 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Available for Sale
States and political subdivisions ................................................................ $
Collateralized mortgage obligations ................................................................
Mortgage-backed securities ..............................................................................
Qualified Zone Academy Bond ........................................................................
Other securities ................................................................................................
Total................................................................................................ $
39,637 $
967
349,170
8,000
8,772
406,546 $
1,155 $
—
20,466
326
453
22,400 $
(278) $
(24)
(91)
—
—
(393) $
40,514
943
369,545
8,326
9,225
428,553
Held to Maturity
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies ............$
States and political subdivisions ................................................................
Corporate debt securities ...................................................................................
Collateralized mortgage obligations ................................................................
Mortgage-backed securities ..............................................................................
Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB) .................................................
789 $
639
176
7,272
118,886
325
Total................................................................................................ $ 4,188,563 $ 128,087 $
10,996 $
36,394
1,500
443,859
3,682,914
12,900
— $
(1,155)
—
(429)
(4,259)
—
11,785
35,878
1,676
450,702
3,797,541
13,225
(5,843) $ 4,310,807
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when
economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI by segregating
the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as available for sale
or held-to-maturity are evaluated for OTTI under FASB ASC Topic 320, “Investments—Debt and Equity Securities.” Certain
purchased beneficial interests, including non-agency mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and collateralized debt
obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in ASC Topic 325,
“Investments—Other.” The Company currently does not own any securities that are accounted for under ASC Topic 325.
In determining OTTI under ASC Topic 320, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the
extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the
market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more
likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-
76
temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management
at a point in time. If applicable, the second segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance provided by ASC Topic 325 that is
specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. Under the ASC Topic 325 model, an
impairment is considered other than temporary if, based on the Company’s best estimate of cash flows that a market participant would
use in determining the current fair value of the beneficial interest, there has been an adverse change in those estimated cash flows.
When OTTI occurs under either model, the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings depends on
whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its
amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the
security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal
to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not
intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its
amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI shall be separated into the amount representing the credit-related portion of
the impairment loss (“credit loss”) and the noncredit portion of the impairment loss (“noncredit portion”). The amount of the total
OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected
and the amortized cost basis and such difference is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to the noncredit
portion is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI
recognized in earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis of the investment.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company does not intend to sell any debt securities and management believes that the Company
more likely than not will not be required to sell any debt securities before their anticipated recovery, at which time the Company will
receive full value for the securities. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2011, management does not have the intent to sell any of its
securities and believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell any such securities before a recovery of
cost. The unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available at the time the underlying
securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if
market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit
quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2011, management believes any impairment in the Company’s securities are temporary and
no impairment loss has been realized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
Securities with unrealized losses segregated by length of time such securities have been in a continuous loss position at
December 31, 2011 were as follows:
Less than 12 Months
More than 12 Months
Total
Estimated
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
Estimated
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Available for Sale
States and political subdivisions .............................$
Collateralized mortgage obligations .......................
Mortgage-backed securities ................................
Total ..............................................................$
Held to Maturity
States and political subdivisions .............................$
Collateralized mortgage obligations .......................
Mortgage-backed securities ................................
— $
—
375 $
—
297 (1)
672 $ (1)
$
3,169 $ (186) $
353 (27)
281,796 (88)
Total ..............................................................$ 285,318 $ (301) $
510 $
765
7,423
8,698 $
2,803 $
1,693
305
4,801 $
(6) $
(21)
(65)
(92) $
885 $
765
7,720
9,370 $
(97) $
(122)
(3)
5,972 $
2,046
282,101
(222) $ 290,119 $
(6)
(21)
(66)
(93)
(283)
(149)
(91)
(523)
At December 31, 2011, there were approximately 360 securities in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.
77
Securities with unrealized losses segregated by length of time such securities have been in a continuous loss position at
December 31, 2010 were as follows:
Less than 12 Months
More than 12 Months
Total
Available for Sale
States and political subdivisions .............................
Collateralized mortgage obligations .......................
Mortgage-backed securities ................................
$
Total ..............................................................
$
Held to Maturity
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
U.S. government agencies ................................$
States and political subdivisions .............................
Collateralized mortgage obligations .......................
Mortgage-backed securities ................................
Total...............................................................
Estimated
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
Estimated
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
7,707 $
—
2,794
10,501 $
(228) $
—
(15)
(243) $
842 $
933
6,449
8,224 $
(50) $
(24)
(76)
(150) $
8,549 $
933
9,243
18,725 $
(278)
(24)
(91)
(393)
1,000 $
14,769
3
579,431
$ 595,203 $
— $
(790)
—
(4,256)
(5,046) $
— $
4,057
6,201
320
10,578 $
— $
(365)
(429)
(3)
1,000 $
18,826
6,204
579,751
(797) $ 605,781 $
—
(1,155)
(429)
(4,259)
(5,843)
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below.
Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations at any time
with or without call or prepayment penalties.
December 31, 2011
Held to Maturity
Available for Sale
Fair
Value
Amortized
Cost
Amortized
Cost
Due in one year or less ......................................................................................$
Due after one year through five years ...............................................................
Due after five years through ten years ..............................................................
Due after ten years ............................................................................................
8,026
2,251
24,126
13,942
48,345
273,971
Total ........................................................................................................$ 4,336,620 $ 4,492,988 $ 301,589 $ 322,316
Subtotal .............................................................................................................
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations ...............
6,696 $
13,961
11,215
29,138
61,010
4,275,610
7,659 $
2,097
22,775
13,307
45,838
255,751
Fair
Value
(Dollars in thousands)
6,888 $
14,720
11,590
31,421
64,619
4,428,369
The Company recorded a loss on sale of securities of $581,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 compared with
no loss on sale of securities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. The Company sold two non-agency collateralized
mortgage obligations (“CMO’s”) with a total book value of $3.2 million due to a downgrade of the CMO’s to less than investment
grade in the second quarter of 2011. At December 31, 2011, the Company had eight investment grade non-agency CMO’s remaining
with a book value of $3.4 million and a fair value of $3.3 million.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its
agencies) for which aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity at such respective dates.
Securities with an amortized cost of $2.48 billion and $2.46 billion and a fair value of $2.57 billion and $2.55 billion at
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted
by law.
78
6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The loan portfolio consists of various types of loans made principally to borrowers located in South and Southeast Texas,
Houston, Central Texas, Bryan/College Station, East Texas, Corpus Christi and Dallas/Fort Worth and is classified by major type as
follows:
December 31,
2011
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
406,433
409,426
Commercial and industrial ...............................................................................$
Real estate:
Construction and land development .......................................................
1-4 family residential .............................................................................
Home equity ...........................................................................................
Commercial real estate ...........................................................................
Farmland ................................................................................................
Multi-family residential ..........................................................................
Agriculture .......................................................................................................
Consumer (net of unearned discount) ..............................................................
Other ................................................................................................................
Total .......................................................................................................$
482,140
1,007,266
146,999
1,351,986
136,008
89,240
34,226
78,187
33,421
3,765,906
$
$
502,327
824,057
118,781
1,288,023
98,871
82,626
41,881
87,977
31,054
3,485,023
Loan Origination/Risk Management. The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to
maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a
regular basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan
production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification
in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions. All loans over $500,000 and
below $2.5 million are evaluated and acted upon on a daily basis by two of the six company-wide loan concurrence officers. All loans
above $2.5 million are evaluated and acted upon by an officers’ loan committee which meets weekly. In addition to the officers’ loan
committee evaluation, loans from $15.0 million to $25.0 million are evaluated and acted upon by the directors’ loan committee which
consists of three directors of the Bank and meets as necessary. Total loan relationships over $25.0 million are evaluated and acted
upon by the Bank’s board of directors either at a regularly scheduled monthly board meeting or by teleconference or written consent.
The Company maintains an independent loan review department that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a periodic
basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk
identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.
(i) Commercial and Industrial Loans. In nearly all cases, the Company’s commercial loans are made in the Company’s market
areas and are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. As a general practice, the Company
takes as collateral a lien on any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and obtains a personal guaranty
of the borrower or principal. Working capital loans are primarily collateralized by short-term assets whereas term loans are primarily
collateralized by long-term assets. In general, commercial loans involve more credit risk than residential mortgage loans and
commercial mortgage loans and, therefore, usually yield a higher return. The increased risk in commercial loans is due to the type of
collateral securing these loans. The increased risk also derives from the expectation that commercial loans generally will be serviced
principally from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful. Historical trends have shown these types
of loans to have higher delinquencies than mortgage loans. As a result of these additional complexities, variables and risks,
commercial loans require more thorough underwriting and servicing than other types of loans.
(ii) Commercial Real Estate. The Company makes commercial real estate loans collateralized by owner-occupied and non-
owner-occupied real estate to finance the purchase of real estate. The Company’s commercial real estate loans are collateralized by
first liens on real estate, typically have variable interest rates (or five year or less fixed rates) and amortize over a 15 to 20 year period.
Payments on loans secured by such properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties.
Accordingly, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy to a greater
extent than other types of loans. The Company seeks to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, including giving careful
consideration to the property’s operating history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy, location and physical
condition in connection with underwriting these loans. The underwriting analysis also includes credit verification, analysis of global
cash flow, appraisals and a review of the financial condition of the borrower. At December 31, 2011, approximately 35.4% of the
outstanding principal balance of the Company’s commercial real estate loans were secured by owner-occupied properties. At
December 31, 2011, the Company had total commercial real estate loans totaling $1.92 billion which include the categories of
construction and land development loans, commercial real estate loans and multi-family residential loans.
79
(iii) 1-4 Family Residential Loans. The Company’s lending activities also includes the origination of 1-4 family residential
mortgage loans collateralized by owner-occupied residential properties located in the Company’s market areas. The Company offers a
variety of mortgage loan products which generally are amortized over five to 25 years. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential
real estate generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 89% of appraised value or have mortgage insurance. The
Company requires mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance. Other than with respect to mortgage banking activities acquired in
the TXUI acquisition, the Company has elected to keep all 1-4 family residential loans for its own account rather than selling such
loans into the secondary market. By doing so, the Company is able to realize a higher yield on these loans; however, the Company
also incurs interest rate risk as well as the risks associated with nonpayments on such loans.
(iv) Construction and Land Development Loans. The Company makes loans to finance the construction of residential and, to a
lesser extent, nonresidential properties. Construction loans generally are collateralized by first liens on real estate and have floating
interest rates. The Company conducts periodic inspections, either directly or through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on
these loans. Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in the Company’s construction lending activities.
Construction loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of a project under
construction, and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating construction
costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property, it can be difficult to
accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan to value ratio. As a result of these uncertainties,
construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the
ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project
prior to completion, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition,
the Company may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an
indeterminate period of time. While the Company has underwriting procedures designed to identify what it believes to be acceptable
levels of risks in construction lending, no assurance can be given that these procedures will prevent losses from the risks described
above.
(v) Agriculture Loans. The Company provides agriculture loans for short-term crop production, including rice, cotton, milo and
corn, farm equipment financing and agriculture real estate financing. The Company evaluates agriculture borrowers primarily based
on their historical profitability, level of experience in their particular agriculture industry, overall financial capacity and the
availability of secondary collateral to withstand economic and natural variations common to the industry. Because agriculture loans
present a higher level of risk associated with events caused by nature, the Company routinely makes on-site visits and inspections in
order to identify and monitor such risks.
(vi) Consumer Loans. Consumer loans made by the Company include direct “A”-credit automobile loans, recreational vehicle
loans, boat loans, home improvement loans, home equity loans, personal loans (collateralized and uncollateralized) and deposit
account collateralized loans. The terms of these loans typically range from 12 to 120 months and vary based upon the nature of
collateral and size of loan. Generally, consumer loans entail greater risk than do real estate secured loans, particularly in the case of
consumer loans that are unsecured or collateralized by rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed
collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan balance. The
remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency
judgment. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more
likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and
state laws may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.
80
The contractual maturity ranges of the 1-4 family residential, home equity, commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage,
construction and land development and agriculture portfolios and the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates and
floating rates in each maturity range as of December 31, 2011 are summarized in the following table:
December 31, 2011
After One
Through
Five Years
One Year
or Less
1-4 family residential and home equity ....................................................$
Commercial and industrial .......................................................................
Commercial real estate .............................................................................
Construction and land development .........................................................
Agriculture ...............................................................................................
After Five
Years
(Dollars in thousands)
43,819 $ 1,100,956
144,070
107,714
1,223,461
97,811
333,521
55,445
288
10,992
Total ...............................................................................................$ 310,973 $ 352,137 $ 2,765,940
92,662 $ 199,524 $ 1,189,365
1,576,575
152,613
218,311
Total ...............................................................................................$ 310,973 $ 352,137 $ 2,765,940
Loans with a predetermined interest rate. ................................................$
Loans with a floating interest rate. ...........................................................
154,649
30,714
93,174
22,946
9,490 $
Total
$ 1,154,265
406,433
1,351,986
482,140
34,226
$ 3,429,050
$ 1,481,551
1,947,499
$ 3,429,050
Concentrations of Credit. Most of the Company’s lending activity occurs within the State of Texas, including the four largest
metropolitan areas of Austin, Dallas/Ft. Worth, Houston and San Antonio, as well as other markets. The majority of the Company’s
loan portfolio consists of commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were
no concentrations of loans related to any single industry in excess of 10% of total loans.
Foreign Loans. The Company has U.S. dollar denominated loans and commitments to borrowers in Mexico. The outstanding
balance of these loans and the unfunded amounts available under these commitments was not significant at December 31, 2011 or
2010.
Related Party Loans. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, loans outstanding to directors, officers and their affiliates totaled $9.8
million and $12.8 million, respectively. All transactions entered into between the Company and such related parties are done in the
ordinary course of business, made on the same terms and conditions as similar transactions with unaffiliated persons.
An analysis of activity with respect to these related-party loans is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
Beginning balance.........................................................................................................................
New loans and reclassified related loans ......................................................................................
Repayments ................................................................................................................................
$
Ending balance ..............................................................................................................................
$
$
(Dollars in thousands)
$
12,783
4,168
(7,142)
9,809
15,540
910
(3,667)
12,783
Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans. The Company has several procedures in place to assist it in maintaining the overall quality of
its loan portfolio. The Company has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by its officers and the Company also monitors
its delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company’s loan portfolio will
not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.
The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when the payment of principal or
interest is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral
fully supports the carrying value of the loan.
The Company requires appraisals on loans collateralized by real estate. With respect to potential problem loans, an evaluation of
the borrower’s overall financial condition is made to determine the need, if any, for possible writedowns or appropriate additions to
the allowance for credit losses.
81
Year-end non-accrual loans, segregated by class of loans, were as follows:
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2010
Construction and land development ....................................................................................
Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) ................................................
1-4 family (includes home equity) ......................................................................................
Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) ................................................
Commercial and industrial ................................................................................................
Consumer and other ............................................................................................................
$
Total ..........................................................................................................................
$
(Dollars in thousands)
1,175
$
49
923
790
633
8
3,578
$
1,417
11
1,559
235
1,179
38
4,439
If interest on nonaccrual loans had been accrued under the original loan terms, approximately $253,000, $701,000 and $434,000
would have been recorded as income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans, was as follows:
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Construction and land development ........................................ $
Agriculture and agriculture real estate
(includes farmland) ............................................................
1-4 family (includes home equity) ..........................................
Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) ....
Commercial and industrial ......................................................
Consumer and other ................................................................
1,281 $
365
1,527
5,630
1,544
89
Loans
30-89 Days
Past Due
Loans
90 or More
Days
Past Due
Total Past
Due Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
1,392 $
Current
Loans
480,748 $
111 $
9
314
390
394
—
374
1,841
6,020
1,938
89
169,860
1,152,424
1,435,206
404,495
111,519
Total .............................................................................. $
10,436 $
1,218 $
11,654 $ 3,754,252 $
Years Ended December 31, 2010
Construction and land development ........................................ $
Agriculture and agriculture real estate
(includes farmland) ............................................................
1-4 family (includes home equity) ..........................................
Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) ....
Commercial and industrial ......................................................
Consumer and other ................................................................
6,395 $
251
6,217
6,243
2,047
241
Loans
30-89 Days
Past Due
Loans
90 or More
Days
Past Due
Total Past
Due Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
7,860 $
Current
Loans
494,467 $
1,465 $
11
1,701
235
1,179
37
262
7,918
6,478
3,226
278
140,490
934,920
1,364,171
406,200
118,753
Total .............................................................................. $
21,394 $
4,628 $
26,022 $ 3,459,001 $
82
Accruing
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Accruing
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
48
—
141
—
—
—
189
The following table presents information regarding past due loans and nonperforming assets at the dates indicated:
2011
2010
2008
2007
December 31,
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
$
Nonaccrual loans ................................................................................$
Accruing loans 90 or more days past due ..........................................
3,578
—
Total nonperforming loans .......................................................
Repossessed assets .............................................................................
Other real estate .................................................................................
3,578
146
8,328
Total nonperforming assets ......................................................$ 12,052
$
4,439
189
4,628
161
11,053
$ 15,842
$
6,079
2,332
8,411
116
7,829
$ 16,356
2,142
7,594
9,736
182
4,450
$ 14,368
Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate ..................
Nonperforming assets to average earning assets ................................
0.32%
0.15%
0.45%
0.20%
0.48%
0.22%
0.40%
0.25%
$
1,035
4,092
5,127
56
10,207
$ 15,390
0.49%
0.31%
The Company’s conservative lending approach has resulted in sound asset quality. The Company had $12.1 million in
nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 compared with $15.8 million at December 31, 2010 and $16.4 million at December 31,
2009. The nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 consisted of ninety-nine separate credits or ORE properties.
Impaired Loans. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will
be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled
principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an individual
loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported
net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is
expected solely from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectibility of the
principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are
charged off when deemed uncollectible.
Year-end impaired loans are set forth in the following tables. No interest income was recognized on impaired loans subsequent
to their classification as impaired.
With no related allowance recorded:
Recorded Investment
December 31, 2011
Unpaid Principal
Balance
(Dollars in thousands)
Related
Allowance
Average Recorded
Investment
Construction and land development .............................................. $
Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) ..........
1-4 family (includes home equity) ................................................
Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) ..........
Commercial and industrial ............................................................
Consumer and other ......................................................................
With an allowance recorded:
Construction and land development ..............................................
Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) ..........
1-4 family (includes home equity) ................................................
Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) ..........
Commercial and industrial ............................................................
Consumer and other ......................................................................
Total:
111 $
111 $ — $
6 6
313
668
112
—
344
705
1,513
—
58
— 5
291
—
637
—
253
—
3
—
1,064
46
731
1,064
43
677
483 485
521
8
535
20
312
39
362
300
8
584
21
663
309
642
18
165
Construction and land development ..............................................
Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) ..........
1-4 family (includes home equity) ................................................
Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) ..........
Commercial and industrial ............................................................
Consumer and other ......................................................................
1,175
49
990
1,151
633
8
83
312
39
362
1,175
52
1,075
1,190 165
2,048
20
300
8
642
26
954
946
895
21
With no related allowance recorded:
Recorded Investment
December 31, 2010
Unpaid Principal
Balance
(Dollars in thousands)
Related
Allowance
Average Recorded
Investment(1)
Construction and land development .............................................. $
Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) ..........
1-4 family (includes home equity) ................................................
Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) ..........
Commercial and industrial ............................................................
Consumer and other ......................................................................
With an allowance recorded:
Construction and land development ..............................................
Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) ..........
1-4 family (includes home equity) ................................................
Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) ..........
Commercial and industrial ............................................................
Consumer and other ......................................................................
Total:
Construction and land development ..............................................
Agriculture and agriculture real estate (includes farmland) ..........
1-4 family (includes home equity) ................................................
Commercial real estate (includes multi-family residential) ..........
Commercial and industrial ............................................................
Consumer and other ......................................................................
(1)
Information not available at December 31, 2010.
126 $
—
229
221
354
—
126 $ —
—
—
—
244
—
221
—
1,354
—
—
1,329
11
1,266
—
726
30
1,455
11
1,495
221
1,080
30
1,329
11
1,274
—
745
40
1,455
11
1,518
221
2,099
40
284
5
293
—
388
23
284
5
293
—
388
23
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Credit Quality Indicators. As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and
methodology for calculating the allowance for credit losses, management assigns and tracks loan grades to be used as credit quality
indicators. The following is a general description of the loan grades used:
Grade 1—Credits in this category are of the highest standards of credit quality with virtually no risk of loss. These borrowers
would represent top rated companies and individuals with unquestionable financial standing with excellent global cash flow coverage,
net worth, liquidity and collateral coverage and/or secured by deposit accounts.
Grade 2—Credits in this category are not immune from risk but are well protected by the collateral and paying capacity of the
borrower. These loans may exhibit a minor unfavorable credit factor, but the overall credit is sufficiently strong to minimize the
possibility of loss.
Grade 3—Credits in this category constitute an undue and unwarranted credit risk, however the factors do not rise to a level of
substandard. These credits have potential weaknesses and/or declining trends that, if not corrected, could expose the bank to risk at a
future date. These loans are monitored on the Bank’s internally-generated watch list and evaluated on a quarterly basis.
Grade 4—Credits in this category are considered “substandard” but “non-impaired” loans in accordance with regulatory
guidelines. Loans in this category have well-defined weakness that, if not corrected, could make default of principal and interest
possible. Loans in this category are still accruing interest and may be dependent upon secondary sources of repayment and/or
collateral liquidation.
Grade 5—Credits in this category are deemed “substandard” and “impaired” pursuant to regulatory guidelines. As such, the
Bank has determined that it is probable that less than 100% of the contractual principal and interest will be collected. These loans are
individually evaluated for a specific reserve valuation and will typically have the accrual of interest stopped.
Grade 6—Credits in this category include “doubtful” loans in accordance with regulatory guidance. Such loans are no longer
accruing interest and factors indicated a loss is imminent. These loans are also deemed “impaired.” While a specific reserve may be in
84
place while the loan and collateral is being evaluated these loans are typically charged down to an amount the Bank estimates is
collectible.
Grade 7—Credits in this category are deemed a “loss” in accordance with regulatory guidelines and have been charged off or
charged down. The Bank may continue collection efforts and may have partial recovery in the future.
The following table presents risk grades and classified loans by class of loan at December 31, 2011. Classified loans include
loans in risk grades 5, 6 and 7.
Construction
and Land
Development
Agriculture and
Agriculture
Real Estate
(Includes
Farmland)
1-4 Family
(Includes
Home Equity)
Commercial
Real Estate
(Includes Multi-
Family)
Commercial
and Industrial
Consumer and
Other
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
— $
— $
Grade 1 .......................$
Grade 2 .......................
Grade 3 .......................
Grade 4 .......................
Grade 5 .......................
Grade 6 .......................
Grade 7 .......................
— $
3,319 $
465,572
1,757
13,636
1,175
—
—
166,656
210
—
49
—
—
1,140,210
9,131
3,934
970
20
—
Total .................$ 482,140 $
170,234 $ 1,154,265 $
1,399,915
14,335
25,825
1,151
—
—
1,441,226 $
45,218 $
355,862
4,189
531
532
101
—
406,433 $
31,602 $
79,996
—
2
8
—
—
80,139
3,608,211
29,622
43,928
3,885
121
—
111,608 $ 3,765,906
The following table presents risk grades and classified loans by class of loan at December 31, 2010. Classified loans include
loans in risk grades 5, 6 and 7.
Construction
and Land
Development
Agriculture and
Agriculture
Real Estate
(Includes
Farmland)
1-4 Family
(Includes
Home Equity)
Commercial
Real Estate
(Includes Multi-
Family)
Commercial
and Industrial
Consumer and
Other
Total
Grade 1 .......................$
Grade 2 .......................
Grade 3 .......................
Grade 4 .......................
Grade 5 .......................
Grade 6 .......................
Grade 7 .......................
— $
479,443
4,492
16,937
1,455
—
—
Total .................$ 502,327 $
4,057 $
136,607
—
77
11
—
—
140,752 $
(Dollars in thousands)
— $
— $
930,110
6,571
4,663
1,425
69
—
942,838 $
1,335,222
13,165
22,041
221
—
—
1,370,649 $
41,455 $
364,150
858
1,883
286
794
—
409,426 $
35,188 $
83,797
1
15
30
—
—
80,700
3,329,329
25,087
45,616
3,428
863
—
119,031 $ 3,485,023
Charge-offs/recoveries, segregated by class of loans, were as follows:
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Construction and land development ..........................................................$
1-4 family (includes home equity) ............................................................
Commercial real estate and agriculture (includes multi-family) ...............
Commercial and industrial ........................................................................
Consumer and other...................................................................................
$
Charge-offs
(1,509)
(1,392)
(1,027)
(1,694)
(1,228)
(6,850)
85
Recoveries
(Dollars in thousands)
$
$
400
32
41
526
661
1,660
$
$
Net Charge-
offs
(1,109)
(1,360)
(986)
(1,168)
(567)
(5,190)
Construction and land development ..........................................................$
1-4 family (includes home equity) ............................................................
Commercial real estate and agriculture (includes multi-family) ...............
Commercial and industrial ........................................................................
Consumer and other...................................................................................
$
Charge-offs
(5,337)
(1,919)
(3,293)
(2,863)
(2,071)
(15,483)
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Recoveries
(Dollars in thousands)
$
$
277
66
101
346
829
1,619
$
$
Net Charge-
offs
(5,060)
(1,853)
(3,192)
(2,517)
(1,242)
(13,864)
Net charge-offs for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $5.2 million and $13.9 million, respectively. Net charge-
offs for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $13.9 million.
Allowance for Possible Loan Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses is established through charges to earnings in the
form of a provision for credit losses. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate for
estimated losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance for credit losses is affected by the following:
(i) charge-offs of loans that occur when loans are deemed uncollectible and decrease the allowance, (ii) recoveries on loans previously
charged off that increase the allowance and (iii) provisions for credit losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance. Based on
an evaluation of the loan portfolio and consideration of the factors listed below, management presents a quarterly review of the
allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any
recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance.
The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two components: a specific valuation allowance based on probable losses
on specifically identified loans and a general valuation allowance based on historical loan loss experience, general economic
conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.
In setting the specific valuation allowance, the Company follows a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the loan
portfolio. Through this loan review process, the Company maintains an internal list of impaired loans which, along with the
delinquency list of loans, helps management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for
credit losses. All loans that have been identified as impaired are reviewed on a quarterly basis in order to determine whether a specific
reserve is required. For each impaired loan, the Company allocates a specific loan loss reserve primarily based on the value of the
collateral securing the impaired loan in accordance with ASC Topic 310. The specific reserves are determined on an individual loan
basis. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general valuation allowance described below.
In determining the amount of the general valuation allowance, management considers factors such as historical loan loss
experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, concentration risk of specific loan types, the volume,
growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay
and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review process, general economic
conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company and other relevant factors in accordance with
ASC Topic 450. Based on a review of these factors for each loan type, the Company applies an estimated percentage to the
outstanding balance of each loan type, excluding any loan that has a specific reserve allocated to it. The Company uses this
information to establish the amount of the general valuation allowance.
In connection with its review of the loan portfolio, the Company considers risk elements attributable to particular loan types or
categories in assessing the quality of individual loans. Some of the risk elements include:
•
•
•
for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including a consideration of the debt to
income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan to value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of
collateral;
for commercial mortgage loans and multifamily residential loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the property
in excess of operating expenses compared to loan payment requirements), operating results of the owner in the case of
owner-occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income,
property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type;
for construction and land development loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed
lots or improvements constructed for resale or the ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of
contracts for presale or prelease, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value ratio;
86
•
•
•
for commercial and industrial loans, the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, the
borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income and
operating results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral;
for agricultural real estate loans, the experience and financial capability of the borrower, projected debt service coverage of
the operations of the borrower and loan to value ratio; and
for non-real estate agricultural loans, the operating results, experience and financial capability of the borrower, historical
and expected market conditions and the value, nature and marketability of collateral.
In addition, for each category, the Company considers secondary sources of income and the financial strength and credit history
of the borrower and any guarantors.
At December 31, 2011, the allowance for credit losses totaled $51.6 million, or 1.37% of total loans. At December 31, 2010, the
allowance aggregated $51.6 million or 1.48% of total loans and at December 31, 2009, the allowance was $51.9 million or 1.54% of
total loans.
An analysis of activity in the allowance for credit losses is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
$
$
51,863
13,585
(15,483)
1,619
(13,864)
51,584
$
$
2011
51,584
5,200
(6,850)
1,660
(5,190)
51,594
2009
36,970
28,775
(15,399)
1,517
(13,882)
51,863
Balance at beginning of year .............................................................................$
Addition—provision charged to operations ............................................
Charge-offs and recoveries:
Loans charged off ..........................................................................
Loan recoveries ..............................................................................
Net charge-offs ........................................................................................
Balance at end of year. ......................................................................................$
87
The following table details the recorded investment in loans and activity in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment
for the year ended December 31, 2011. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its
availability to absorb losses in other categories.
Agriculture
and
Agriculture
Real Estate
(includes
farmland)
Construction
and Land
Development
1-4 Family
(Includes
Home
Equity)
Commercial
Real Estate
(Commercial
Mortgage and
Multi-Family)
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Consumer
and Other
Total
Allowance for credit
losses:
Beginning balance
$
12,994
$
271
$
12,837
$
20,436
$
3,891
$
1,155
$
51,584
Provision for credit
losses
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net charge-offs
Ending balance
Ending balance:
individually evaluated
for impairment
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for
impairment
Loans:
Ending balance:
individually evaluated
for impairment
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for
impairment
209
(1,509)
400
(1,109)
12,094
312
239
—
1
1
511
39
1,168
(1,392)
32
(1,360)
12,645
2,011
(1,027)
40
(987)
21,460
1,103
(1,694)
526
(1,168)
3,826
470
(1,228)
661
(567)
1,058
5,200
(6,850)
1,660
(5,190)
51,594
362
165
300
8
1,186
$
11,782
$
472
$
12,283
$
21,295
$
3,526
$
1,050
$
50,408
1,175
49
990
1,151
633
8
4,006
480,965
170,185
1,153,275
1,440,075
405,800
111,600
3,761,900
Ending balance
$
482,140
$
170,234
$
1,154,265
$
1,441,226
$
406,433
$ 111,608
$
3,765,906
The Company’s allowance for credit losses and recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2010 related to each balance in
the allowance for possible loan losses by portfolio segment and disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology
was as follows:
Construction
and Land
Development
Agriculture
and
Agriculture
Real Estate
(Includes
Farmland)
1-4 Family
(Includes Home
Equity)
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Real Estate
(Includes
Multi-Family)
Commercial and
Industrial
Consumer and
Other
Total
12,994 $
271 $
12,837 $
284
12,710
5
266
293
12,544
502,327
140,752
942,838
1,455
11
1,494
941,344
20,436 $
—
20,436
1,370,649
221
1,370,428
3,891 $
1,155 $
51,584
388
3,503
23
993
1,132
50,591
409,426
119,031
3,485,023
1,080
30
4,291
408,346
119,001
3,480,732
Allowance for credit losses:
Ending balance........................................$
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment ..................
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment ..................
Loans:
Ending balance........................................
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment ..................
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment ..................
500,872
140,741
The 2010 table above has been corrected to present only loan grades 5 through 7 in the individually evaluated for impairment
loan balances to be in compliance with ASC Topic 310. Previously Management disclosed loan grades 3 through 7 in the individually
evaluated for impairment loan balances. As a result of this correction the collectively evaluated for impairment loan balances changed
by a corresponding amount. These changes had no effect on the ending loan balance as previously presented.
88
Troubled Debt Restructurings. The restructuring of a loan is considered a “troubled debt restructuring” if both (i) the borrower is
experiencing financial difficulties and (ii) the creditor has granted a concession. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or
below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other actions intended to minimize
potential losses. Effective July 1, 2011, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2011-02, “Receivables (Topic 310)—A
Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” As such, the Company reassessed all loan
modifications occurring since January 1, 2011 for identification as troubled debt restructurings. The Company had the following
troubled debt restructurings outstanding as of the dates indicated:
2011
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
As of December 31,
Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
(Dollars in thousands)
$
—
—
4
2
3
—
9
$
—
—
109
5,264
114
—
5,487
$
$
—
—
84
5,171
93
—
5,348
—
—
—
1
1
1
3
2010
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
$
$
—
—
—
2,560
90
15
2,665
Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
$
—
—
—
2,538
80
14
$
2,632
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Construction and land development
Agriculture and agriculture real estate
1-4 Family (includes home equity)
Commercial real estate (commercial
mortgage and multi-family)
Commercial and industrial
Consumer and other
Total
As of December 31, 2011, there have been no defaults on any loans that were modified as troubled debt restructurings during the
preceding twelve months. Default is determined at 90 or more days past due. The modifications primarily related to extending the
amortization periods of the loans, which includes loans modified during bankruptcy. The Company did not grant principal reductions
on any restructured loan. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company added $3.5 million in new troubled debt restructurings
of which $2.8 million were still outstanding on December 31, 2011. The new troubled debt restructurings included an associated
specific reserve of $10,000. Loans restructured during the year ended December 31, 2011 on non-accrual status as of December 31,
2011 totaled $177,000. The remaining restructured loans are performing and accruing loans. These modifications did not have a
material impact on the Company’s determination of the allowance for credit losses.
7. FAIR VALUE
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB ASC Topic 820, which defines fair value, addresses aspects of the
expanding application of fair value accounting and establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value. Fair values represent
the estimated price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability, otherwise knows as an “exit price”.
Fair Value Hierarchy
•
•
ASC Topic 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are
observable or unobservable. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, these inputs are summarized in the three broad levels listed below:
Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets include U.S. Treasury securities
that are highly liquid and are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.
Level 2—Other significant observable inputs (including quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities) or
other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the
assets or liabilities. The Company’s Level 2 assets include U.S. government and agency mortgage-backed debt securities,
corporate securities, municipal bonds and CRA funds.
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of
the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing
models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of
fair values requires significant management judgment or estimation.
•
In determining the appropriate levels, the Company performs a detailed analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to
ASC Topic 820.
89
The following tables present fair values for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
Available for sale securities:
States and political subdivisions
Corporate debt securities and other
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Mortgage-backed securities
Total
Available for sale securities:
States and political subdivisions (including QZAB)
Corporate debt securities and other
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Mortgage-backed securities
Total
Level 1
$ —
7,656
—
—
$ 7,656
Level 1
$ —
—
—
—
$ —
As of December 31, 2011
Level 3
Level 2
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
$ 39,076
1,613
765
273,206
$ 314,660
$ —
—
—
—
$ —
$ 39,076
9,269
765
273,206
$ 322,316
As of December 31, 2010
Level 3
Level 2
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
$ 48,840
9,225
943
369,545
$ 428,553
$ —
—
—
—
$ —
$ 48,840
9,225
943
369,545
$ 428,553
Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair
value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of
impairment). These instruments include other real estate owned, repossessed assets, held to maturity debt securities and impaired loans
per ASC Topic 310. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company had additions to other real estate owned of $11.6 million,
of which $4.6 million were outstanding as of December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company had additions
to impaired loans of $7.5 million, of which $3.5 million were outstanding as of December 31, 2011. The remaining financial assets
and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis that were recorded in 2011 and remained outstanding at
December 31, 2011 were not significant. During the reported periods, all fair value measurements for assets measured at fair value on
a non-recurring basis utilized Level 2 inputs.
The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an
orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset
or liability. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the
income approach and/or the cost approach. Such valuation techniques are consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques include
the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for
valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest
priority to unobservable inputs
The fair value disclosures below represent the Company’s estimates based on relevant market information and information
about the financial instruments. Fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current
economic conditions, risk characteristics of the various instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and
involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in the above
methodologies and assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it
is practicable to estimate that value:
Cash and due from banks—For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Federal funds sold—For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Securities —For securities held as investments, fair value equals quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market price is
not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.
Loans held for investment —For certain homogeneous fixed-rate categories of loans (such as some residential mortgages and
other consumer loans), fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the risk-free Treasury rate for the applicable
maturity, adjusted for servicing and credit risk. The carrying value of variable rate loans approximates fair value because the loans
reprice frequently to current market rates.
90
Deposits—The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on
demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for
deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Junior subordinated debentures—The fair value of the junior subordinated debentures was calculated using the quoted market
prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar
subordinated debentures.
Other borrowings—Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to
estimate the fair value of other borrowings using a discounted cash flows methodology.
Securities sold under repurchase agreements—The fair value of securities sold under repurchase agreements is the amount
payable on demand at the reporting date.
Off-balance sheet financial instruments—The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is
estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreement
and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.
FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities,
including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-
recurring basis. The carrying amount and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
Financial assets:
2011
Carrying
Amount
December 31,
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
2010
Estimated
Fair Value
Cash and due from banks ................................................................ $
Federal funds sold ................................................................................
Held to maturity securities ................................................................
Available for sale securities ................................................................
Loans held for investment, net of allowance for credit losses ..............
158,975
393
4,310,807
428,553
3,421,488
Total ...............................................................................................................$ 8,586,690 $ 8,843,604 $ 8,209,923 $ 8,320,216
Financial liabilities:
212,800 $
642
4,492,988
322,316
3,814,858
212,800 $
642
4,336,620
322,316
3,714,312
158,975 $
393
4,188,563
428,553
3,433,439
Deposits ................................................................................................$ 8,060,254 $ 8,074,093 $ 7,454,920 $ 7,467,523
92,284
Junior subordinated debentures ............................................................
375,882
Other borrowings ..................................................................................
60,659
Securities sold under repurchase agreements ................................
Total ...............................................................................................................$ 8,212,982 $ 8,214,951 $ 7,982,277 $ 7,996,348
92,265
374,433
60,659
85,055
12,790
54,883
71,001
14,974
54,883
The Company’s off-balance sheet commitments are funded at current market rates at the date they are drawn upon. It is
management’s opinion that the fair value of these commitments would approximate their carrying value, if drawn upon.
The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of the dates indicated.
Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have
not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair
value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.
91
8. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:
Land ...........................................................................................................................$
Buildings ....................................................................................................................
Furniture, fixtures and equipment ..............................................................................
Construction in progress ............................................................................................
Total .................................................................................................................
Less accumulated depreciation ..................................................................................
Premises and equipment, net ............................................................................$
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
(Dollars in thousands)
$
55,819
122,116
28,109
854
206,898
(47,242)
159,656
55,776
117,063
25,097
949
198,885
(39,832)
159,053
$
Depreciation expense was $8.2 million, $8.3 million and $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009,
respectively.
9. DEPOSITS
Included in interest-bearing deposits are certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more. These certificates and their
remaining maturities at December 31, 2011 were as follows:
Three months or less ...........................................................................................................$
Over three through six months. ...........................................................................................
Over six through 12 months ................................................................................................
Over 12 months ...................................................................................................................
Total ..........................................................................................................................$
December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
276,934
266,874
314,149
171,419
1,029,376
Interest expense for certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 was $11.6 million, $19.5 million and $36.3 million, for the
years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The Company has no brokered deposits and there are no major concentrations of deposits with any one depositor.
92
10. OTHER BORROWINGS AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment activities. Borrowings consist of
funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and correspondent banks. FHLB advances are considered short-term, overnight
borrowings and used to manage liquidity as needed. At December 31, 2011 the Company had outstanding $12.8 million in FHLB
borrowings of which all consisted of long-term FHLB notes payable compared to $374.4 million in FHLB borrowings, of which $14.4
million consisted of long-term FHLB notes payable and $360.0 million consisted of short-term overnight borrowings at December 31,
2010. FHLB advances are available to the Company under a security and pledge agreement. At December 31, 2011, the Company
had total funds of $3.13 billion available under this agreement of which $12.8 million was outstanding. The weighted average interest
rate paid on the FHLB notes payable at December 31, 2011 was 4.4%. The maturity dates on the FHLB notes payable range from the
years 2013 to 2028 and have interest rates ranging from 4.08% to 6.10%. The highest outstanding balance of FHLB advances during
2011 was $474.0 million compared with $465.0 million during 2010. The average rate paid on FHLB advances for the year ended
December 31, 2011 was 0.22%.
At December 31, 2011, the Company had $54.9 million in overnight securities sold under repurchase agreements compared with
$60.7 million at December 31, 2010 with average rates paid of 0.54% and 0.73% for years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010,
respectively.
The following table presents the Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010:
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2010
FHLB advances ................................................................................................................................ $
FHLB long-term notes payable ........................................................................................................
Total other borrowings ...........................................................................................................
Securities sold under repurchase agreements ...................................................................................
Total ....................................................................................................................................... $
11. INCOME TAXES
The components of the provision for federal income taxes are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
$
--
12,790
12,790
54,883
67,673
$
360,000
14,433
374,433
60,659
435,092
Current .................................................................................................................$
Deferred. ..............................................................................................................
Total .....................................................................................................................$
Year Ended December 31,
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
63,555
$
539
64,094
$
$
$
2011
70,011
2,006
72,017
2009
61,794
(4,950)
56,844
The provision for federal income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal income tax statutory rate on
income as follows:
Taxes calculated at statutory rate ...............................................................................
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
$
Tax-exempt interest ..........................................................................................
Qualified Zone Academy Bond credit ..............................................................
Qualified School Construction Bond credit .....................................................
BOLI income ................................................................................................
Qualified stock options ....................................................................................
Other, net ................................................................................................
Total ...........................................................................................................................
$
Year Ended December 31,
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
67,131
$
$
(1,951)
(373)
(501)
(580)
99
269
64,094
$
$
2011
74,818
(2,364)
(373)
(504)
(484)
55
869
72,017
2009
59,053
(1,825)
(373)
(29)
(470)
148
340
56,844
93
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for credit losses ...........................................................................$
Accrued liabilities .........................................................................................
Certificates of deposit ....................................................................................
Deferred compensation .................................................................................
ORE write-downs ..........................................................................................
Securities .......................................................................................................
Restricted stock .............................................................................................
Self insurance reserve ....................................................................................
Other ..............................................................................................................
Total deferred tax assets .........................................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities:
Loans .............................................................................................................$
Goodwill and core deposit intangibles ..........................................................
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities ............................................
Bank premises and equipment .......................................................................
Deferred loan fees and costs ..........................................................................
Investments in partnerships ...........................................................................
Prepaid expenses ...........................................................................................
Total deferred tax liabilities. ................................................................
Net deferred tax liabilities .......................................................................................$
December 31,
2011
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
17,886
3,474
11
282
525
512
2,309
378
26
25,403
(38)
(15,168)
(7,254)
(6,980)
(606)
(9,233)
(713)
(39,992)
(14,589)
$
$
$
17,811
3,777
34
310
465
680
1,206
—
26
24,309
(155)
(13,723)
(7,702)
(5,814)
(479)
(8,785)
(719)
(37,377)
(13,068)
The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities,
projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable
income and estimates of future taxable income over the periods for which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes
it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2011.
ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and
measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the
financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate
taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon
ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized
in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer
meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which
that threshold is no longer met. The Company had no tax positions at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010 that did not meet the
more-likely-than not recognition threshold. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of
unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits is
to record such items as a component of income before taxes. Penalties are recorded in other (gains) losses and interest paid or received
is recorded in interest expense or interest income, respectively, in the consolidated statement of income. As of December 31, 2011 and
December 31, 2010, the Company has not accrued any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has
identified its federal tax return and its state tax return in Texas as “major” tax jurisdictions, as defined. The only periods subject to
examination for the Company’s federal return are the 2008 through 2010 tax years.
94
12. STOCK INCENTIVE PROGRAMS
At December 31, 2011, the Company had three stock-based employee compensation plans and one stock option plan assumed in
connection with acquisitions under which no additional options will be granted. Two of the three plans adopted by the Company have
expired and therefore no additional awards may be issued under those plans. The Company accounts for stock-based employee
compensation plans using the fair value-based method of accounting in accordance with ASC Topic 718. ASC Topic 718 was
effective for companies in 2006; however, the Company has been recognizing compensation expense since January 1, 2003. The
Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $3.6 million, $3.0 million and $1.5 million for the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There was approximately $1.2 million, $964,000 and $383,000 of income tax
benefit recorded for the stock-based compensation expense for the same periods, respectively.
During 1995, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock option plan (the “1995 Plan”) for executive officers and key
associates to purchase common stock of Bancshares. The maximum number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options
granted under the 1995 Plan was 680,000 (after two-for-one and four-for-one stock splits) and a total of 675,000 options were granted
under the 1995 Plan. Options to purchase a total of 3,750 shares of common stock of Bancshares granted under the 1995 Plan were
outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011. The 1995 Plan has expired and therefore no additional options may be issued from
the 1995 Plan.
During 1998, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders approved the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1998 Stock
Incentive Plan (the “1998 Plan”) which authorized the issuance of up to 920,000 (after two-for-one stock split) shares of the common
stock of Bancshares under both non-qualified and incentive stock options to employees and non-qualified stock options to directors
who are not employees. The 1998 Plan also provided for the granting of restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, phantom
stock awards and performance awards on substantially similar terms. A total of 819,500 options were granted under the 1998 Plan.
Options to purchase a total of 330,064 shares of common stock of Bancshares granted under the 1998 Plan were outstanding at
December 31, 2011, of which 254,264 options were exercisable. The 1998 Plan has expired and therefore no additional options may
be issued from the 1998 Plan.
In December 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors established the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
(the “2004 Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders on February 23, 2005. The 2004 Plan authorizes the issuance
of up to 1,250,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options granted under the 2004 Plan or upon the grant or exercise, as
the case may be, of other awards granted under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan provides for the granting of incentive and nonqualified
stock options to employees and nonqualified stock options to directors who are not employees. The 2004 Plan also provides for the
granting of shares of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards and performance awards on substantially
similar terms. A total of 199,500 options and 505,709 shares of restricted stock have been granted under the 2004 Plan as of
December 31, 2011. Options to purchase a total of 179,500 shares of common stock of Bancshares granted under the 2004 Plan were
outstanding at December 31, 2011, of which 78,000 were exercisable. At December 31, 2011, 402,533 shares of restricted stock were
outstanding and subject to forfeiture restrictions. Remaining shares available for grant under the 2004 Plan totaled 544,791 at
December 31, 2011.
On April 1, 2006, the Company acquired SNB Bancshares, Inc. The options to purchase shares of SNB Bancshares, Inc.
common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted into options to purchase a total of 467,578 shares of
Bancshares common stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.15 to $17.63 per share. The converted options are governed by the
original plan under which they were issued. Options to purchase a total of 11,698 shares of common stock of Bancshares granted
under the 2004 Plan were outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011.
Stock options are issued at the current market price on the date of the grant, subject to a pre-determined vesting period with a
contractual term of 10 years. Options assumed in connection with acquisitions have contractual terms as established in the original
option grant agreements entered into prior to acquisition. The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for
all awards.
95
The fair value of options was estimated using an option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
Expected life in years ..................................................................................
Risk free interest rate ..................................................................................
Volatility(1) ................................................................................................
Dividend yield ............................................................................................
(1) Volatility is a measure of fluctuations in the Company’s share price.
2011
5.30
3.67%
20.98%
1.25%
December 31,
2010
5.19
3.82%
21.12%
1.23%
2009
5.12
3.94%
21.25%
1.25%
A summary of changes in outstanding vested and unvested options during the three year period ended December 31, 2011 is set
forth below:
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands)
Options outstanding, January 1, 2009 ...............................................
Options granted ................................................................
Options forfeited................................................................
Options exercised ................................................................
Options outstanding, December 31, 2009 .........................................
Options granted ................................................................
Options forfeited................................................................
Options exercised ................................................................
Options outstanding, December 31, 2010 .........................................
Options granted ................................................................
Options forfeited................................................................
Options exercised ................................................................
Options outstanding, December 31, 2011 .........................................
Options vested or expected to vest, December 31, 2011 ...................
Options vested, December 31, 2011 .................................................
Number of
Options
(In thousands)
917
72
(20)
(113)
856
—
(19)
(141)
696
—
—
(171)
525
509
348
$
$
$
$
$
$
24.58
30.64
28.40
17.86
25.88
—
25.68
19.16
27.24
—
—
24.48
28.18
27.90
27.07
4.97
$
12,481
4.48
$
8,374
3.88
3.84
3.10
$
$
$
6,391
6,342
4,617
The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $2.7 million and $2.8
million, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $903,000. There were no
forfeitures for the year ended December 31, 2011.
96
A summary of changes in unvested options during the three year period ended December 31, 2011 is set forth below:
Unvested options outstanding, January 1, 2009 ...................................................................................
Options granted ..........................................................................................................................
Unvested options forfeited .........................................................................................................
Options vested ............................................................................................................................
Unvested options outstanding, December 31, 2009 .............................................................................
Options granted ..........................................................................................................................
Unvested options forfeited .........................................................................................................
Options vested ............................................................................................................................
Unvested options outstanding, December 31, 2010 .............................................................................
Options granted ..........................................................................................................................
Unvested options forfeited .........................................................................................................
Options vested ............................................................................................................................
Unvested options outstanding, December 31, 2011 .............................................................................
Number of
Options
(In thousands)
529
72
(15)
(210)
376
—
(17)
(46)
313
—
—
(136)
177
$
$
$
$
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
6.83
6.31
6.98
6.63
6.78
—
6.75
5.98
6.89
—
—
6.67
6.96
The Company received $4.2 million, $2.7 million and $2.0 million in cash from the exercise of stock options during the years
ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There was no tax benefit realized from exercises of the stock-based
compensation arrangements during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.
As of December 31, 2011, there was $9.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock-based
compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years.
The following table presents information relating to the Company’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011:
Range of Exercise Prices
$ 0.00 - $ 5.00 .......................................................
$ 5.01 - $10.00 .......................................................
$10.01 - $15.00 .......................................................
$15.01 - $20.00 .......................................................
$20.01 - $25.00 .......................................................
$25.01 - $30.00 .......................................................
$30.01 - $35.00 .......................................................
Number
Outstanding
— $
1,534
—
10,164
27,500
363,814
122,000
Options Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
—
8.15
—
17.63
23.75
27.42
32.26
Weighted
Average Remaining
Life (years)
Options Exercisable
Number
Outstanding
— $
1,534
—
10,164
23,750
275,514
36,750
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
—
8.15
—
17.63
23.64
27.46
32.63
347,712 $
27.07
—
0.92
—
2.65
3.16
3.03
6.25
3.88
525,012 $
28.18
97
13. OTHER NONINTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE
Other noninterest income and expense totals are presented in the following tables. Components of these totals exceeding 1% of
the aggregate of total net interest income and total noninterest income for any of the years presented and other amounts the Company
elected to present are stated separately.
Other noninterest income
Banking related service fees .......................................................................$
Brokered mortgage .....................................................................................
Income from leased assets ..........................................................................
BOLI ...........................................................................................................
Net (losses) gains on sales of assets ............................................................
Rental ..........................................................................................................
Other ...........................................................................................................
Total ................................................................................................$
Other noninterest expense
Communications .........................................................................................$
Ad valorem and franchise taxes ................................................................
Printing and supplies ...................................................................................
Travel and development ..............................................................................
Professional fees .........................................................................................
Other real estate ..........................................................................................
Other ...........................................................................................................
Total ................................................................................................$
2011
Years Ended December 31,
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
2009
2,184
211
51
1,382
(1,108)
1,424
2,085
6,229
6,946
3,823
1,807
1,539
2,598
1,501
7,186
25,400
$
$
$
$
2,166
205
294
1,658
(3,860)
1,285
1,835
3,583
7,781
3,947
1,951
1,691
3,099
3,483
7,919
29,871
$
$
$
$
2,009
305
318
1,344
839
1,154
2,386
8,355
8,466
3,561
2,250
1,749
4,419
3,205
8,331
31,981
14. PROFIT SHARING PLAN
The Company has adopted a profit sharing plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code whereby the
participants may contribute a percentage of their compensation as permitted under the Code. Matching contributions are made at the
discretion of the Company. Presently, the Company matches 50% of an employee’s contributions, up to 15% of such employee’s
compensation, not to exceed the maximum allowable pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code and excluding catch-up contributions.
Such matching contributions were approximately $1.8 million, $2.0 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
15. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of
December 31, 2011 (other than deposit obligations and securities sold repurchase agreements). The Company’s future cash payments
associated with its contractual obligations pursuant to its junior subordinated debentures, FHLB notes payable and operating leases as
of December 31, 2011 are summarized below. Payments for junior subordinated debentures include interest of $54.6 million that will
be paid over the future periods. The future interest payments were calculated using the current rate in effect at December 31, 2011.
The current principal balance of the junior subordinated debentures at December 31, 2011 was $85.1 million. Payments for FHLB
notes payable include interest of $3.5 million that will be paid over the future periods. Payments related to leases are based on actual
payments specified in underlying contracts.
1 year or less
More than 1
year but less
than 3 years
Payments due in:
3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
(Dollars in thousands)
5 years
or more
Total
5,012 $
3,258
7,727
15,997 $
5,012 $ 127,149 $ 139,679
16,264
8,002
3,456
3,125
16,588
517
135,668 $ 172,531
11,593
Junior subordinated debentures .............................................
Federal Home Loan Bank notes payable ..............................
Operating leases ................................................................
$
Total. ................................................................ $
2,506 $
1,548
5,219
9,273 $
98
Off-Balance Sheet Items
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States, are not included in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into these
transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters
of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the
consolidated balance sheets.
The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit expiring
by period as of December 31, 2011 are summarized below.
1 year or less
More than 1
year but less
than 3 years
3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
(Dollars in thousands)
5 years
or more
Total
Standby letters of credit ....................................................$
Commitments to extend credit ..........................................
Total ........................................................................$
10,573 $
286,574
297,147 $
4,020 $
32,754
36,774 $
55 $
— $
14,648
11,513
448,969
118,128
11,568 $ 118,128 $ 463,617
Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the
performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement
with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the
Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the
Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company’s policies generally require that standby letter of credit
arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.
Commitments to Extend Credit. The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed
expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Company’s commitments
to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. The Company
minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures.
Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance
for credit losses. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment
amounts disclosed above do not necessarily represent future cash funding requirements. At December 31, 2011, $80.0 million of
commitments to extend credit have fixed rates ranging from 1.60% to 18.00%.
The Company evaluates customer creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered
necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.
Leases—The following table presents a summary of non-cancelable future operating lease commitments as of December 31,
2011 (dollars in thousands):
2012 ..............................................................................................................................................................
2013 ..............................................................................................................................................................
2014 ..............................................................................................................................................................
2015 ..............................................................................................................................................................
2016 ..............................................................................................................................................................
Thereafter ......................................................................................................................................................
$
Total ....................................................................................................................................................
$
5,219
4,374
3,353
2,046
1,079
517
16,588
It is expected that in the normal course of business, expiring leases will be renewed or replaced by leases on other property or
equipment.
Rent expense under all noncancelable operating lease obligations aggregated approximately $5.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2011, $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Litigation—The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In
the opinion of management, after reviewing such claims with outside counsel, resolution of such matters will not have a materially
adverse impact on the consolidated financial statements.
99
16. REGULATORY MATTERS
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.
Any institution that fails to meet its minimum capital requirements is subject to actions by regulators that could have a direct material
effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under the capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines based on the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet
items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and the Bank’s
classification under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators
about the components, risk weightings and other factors.
To meet the capital adequacy requirements, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios as
defined in the regulations. As of December 31, 2011, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they
are subject.
As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-
based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There have been no conditions or events since that
notification which management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The following is a summary of the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010:
Actual
Amount
Ratio
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
Ratio
To Be Categorized As
Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Amount
Ratio
CONSOLIDATED:
As of December 31, 2011
Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) ................................$ 744,910
17.09% $
348,567
8.00%
N/A
Tier I Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) ................................
Tier I Capital
693,315
15.90
174,284
4.00
(to Average Tangible Assets) ...............................
693,315
7.89
263,518
3.00
N/A
N/A
As of December 31, 2010
Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) ................................$ 626,087
14.87% $
336,901
8.00%
N/A
Tier I Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) ................................
Tier I Capital
574,503
13.64
168,451
4.00
(to Average Tangible Assets) ...............................
574,503
6.87
251,044
3.00
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PROSPERITY BANK® ONLY:
As of December 31, 2011
Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) ................................$ 731,732
16.81% $
348,096
8.00% $ 435,120
10.00%
Tier I Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) ................................
Tier I Capital
680,138
15.62
174,048
4.00
261,072
6.00
(to Average Tangible Assets) ...............................
680,138
7.75
263,342
3.00
438,904
5.00
As of December 31, 2010
Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) ................................$ 613,796
14.60% $
336,418
8.00% $ 405,208
10.00%
Tier I Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets) ................................
Tier I Capital
562,212
13.37
168,209
4.00
243,125
6.00
(to Average Tangible Assets) ...............................
562,212
6.72
250,863
3.00
394,991
5.00
100
Dividends paid by Bancshares and the Bank are subject to restrictions by certain regulatory agencies. Dividends paid by
Bancshares during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $33.7 million, $29.8 million and $26.2 million,
respectively. Dividends paid by the Bank to Bancshares during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $35.8
million, $27.4 million and $24.5 million, respectively.
17. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had outstanding $85.1 million and $92.3 million in junior subordinated
debentures issued to the Company’s unconsolidated subsidiary trusts, respectively. On March 7, 2011, the Company redeemed $7.2
million in junior subordinated debentures held by TXUI Statutory Trust I that bore a fixed interest rate of 10.60%. A penalty of
$383,000 was incurred in connection with the payoff and recorded as interest expense.
A summary of pertinent information related to the Company’s seven issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding at
December 31, 2011 is set forth in the table below:
Description
Prosperity Statutory Trust II ............................
Trust
Preferred
Securities
Outstanding
July 31, 2001 $ 15,000,000
Issuance Date
Junior
Subordinated
Debt Owed
to Trusts
$ 15,464,000
Maturity
Date(2)
July 31, 2031
Interest Rate(1)
3 month LIBOR
+ 3.58%, not to exceed
12.50%
Prosperity Statutory Trust III ...........................
Aug. 15, 2003
12,500,000
3 month LIBOR + 3.00%
12,887,000 Sept. 17, 2033
Prosperity Statutory Trust IV ...........................
Dec. 30, 2003
12,500,000
3 month LIBOR + 2.85%
12,887,000
Dec. 30, 2033
SNB Capital Trust IV(3) ................................
Sept. 25, 2003
10,000,000
3 month LIBOR + 3.00%
10,310,000
Sept. 25, 2033
TXUI Statutory Trust II(4) ................................
Dec. 19, 2003
5,000,000
3 month LIBOR + 2.85%
5,155,000
Dec. 19, 2033
TXUI Statutory Trust III(4) ...............................
Nov. 30, 2005
15,500,000
3 month LIBOR + 1.39%
15,980,000
Dec. 15, 2035
TXUI Statutory Trust IV(4) ...............................
Mar. 31, 2006
12,000,000
3 month LIBOR + 1.39%
12,372,000
$ 85,055,000
June 30, 2036
(1) The 3-month LIBOR in effect as of December 31, 2011 was 0.581%.
(2) All debentures are callable five years from issuance date.
(3) Assumed in connection with the SNB acquisition on April 1, 2006.
(4) Assumed in connection with the TXUI acquisition on January 31, 2007.
Each of the trusts is a capital or statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing
the proceeds in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The preferred trust securities of each trust represent preferred
beneficial interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payment of the junior
subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly owned by the Company. Each trust’s ability
to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making payment on the related junior
subordinated debentures. The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all
of the Company’s present and future senior indebtedness. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed each trust’s
obligations under the trust securities issued by such trust to the extent not paid or made by each trust, provided such trust has funds
available for such obligations.
Under the provisions of each issue of the debentures, the Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures
at any time, or from time to time, for periods not exceeding five years. If interest payments on either issue of the debentures are
deferred, the distributions on the applicable trust preferred securities and common securities will also be deferred.
101
18. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.
(Parent Company Only)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
2011
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
$
1,158
1,525,610
2,765
3,982
11,891
$ 1,545,406
$
802
92,265
93,067
46,721
876,050
515,871
14,304
(607)
1,452,339
$ 1,545,406
ASSETS
Cash ................................................................................................................................................$
Investment in subsidiary .................................................................................................................
Investment in capital and statutory trusts .......................................................................................
Goodwill .........................................................................................................................................
Other assets ................................................................................................................................
1,209
1,635,199
2,555
3,982
9,954
TOTAL ....................................................................................................................................................$ 1,652,899
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities .................................................................................$
Junior subordinated debentures ................................................................................................
Total liabilities ......................................................................................................................
579
85,055
85,634
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Common stock ................................................................................................................................
Capital surplus. ...............................................................................................................................
Retained earnings ...........................................................................................................................
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax benefit.................................................
Less treasury stock, at cost, 37,088 shares .....................................................................................
46,947
883,575
623,878
13,472
(607)
1,567,265
Total shareholders’ equity ................................................................................................
TOTAL ....................................................................................................................................................$ 1,652,899
102
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.
(Parent Company Only)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31,
2010
2011
(Dollars in thousands)
2009
OPERATING INCOME:
Dividends from subsidiaries ................................................................................................ $
Other income ............................................................................................................................
35,800 $
142
27,400 $ 24,500
164
150
Total income ...................................................................................................................
35,942
27,550
24,664
OPERATING EXPENSE:
Junior subordinated debentures interest expense ................................................................
Stock-based compensation expense (includes restricted stock) ................................................
Other expenses .........................................................................................................................
Total operating expense ................................................................................................
2,984
3,576
404
6,964
3,250
3,037
358
3,760
1,515
380
6,645
5,655
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT AND EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED
EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES................................................................................................
FEDERAL INCOME TAX BENEFIT ..............................................................................................
28,978
2,350
20,905
2,191
19,009
1,792
INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES ...............
EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES ................................................
31,328
110,421
23,096
104,612
20,801
91,078
NET INCOME ................................................................................................................................$ 141,749 $ 127,708 $ 111,879
103
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.
(Parent Company Only)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
2011
For the Years Ended December 31,
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
2009
141,749 $
127,708 $
111,879
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income .........................................................................................................................
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
$
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries .......................................................
Stock based compensation expense (includes restricted stock) ................................
Decrease (increase) in other assets ............................................................................
Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities ................................
(110,421)
3,576
2,147
(223)
Net cash provided by operating activities ........................................................
36,828
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash paid for acquisitions ................................................................................................
Cash acquired from acquisitions.........................................................................................
Net cash used in investing activities ................................................................
—
—
—
(104,612)
3,037
1,620
(8)
27,745
—
—
—
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from stock option exercises .................................................................................
Redemption of junior subordinated debentures (net) .........................................................
Payments of cash dividends ................................................................................................
Net cash used in financing activities ...............................................................
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...............................
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ............................................
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD .........................................................
$
4,175
(7,210)
(33,742)
(36,777)
51
1,158
1,209 $
2,696
—
(29,845)
(27,149)
596
562
1,158 $
(91,078)
1,515
(3,751)
(140)
18,425
—
—
—
2,026
—
(26,234)
(24,208)
(5,783)
6,345
562
19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS AND RECENT ACQUISITIONS
Pending Acquisition of American State Financial Corporation – On February 27, 2012, the Company announced the signing of
a definitive agreement to acquire American State Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, American State Bank
(“ASB”), through the merger of American State Financial with and into the Company. ASB operates thirty-seven (37) banking
offices in eighteen (18) counties across West Texas. As of December 31, 2011, American State Financial, on a consolidated basis,
reported total assets of $3.08 billion, total loans of $1.21 billion and total deposits of $2.46 billion. Under the terms of the definitive
agreement, the Company will issue up to 8,525,000 shares of its common stock plus $178.5 million in cash for all outstanding shares
of American State Financial capital stock, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustment.
The merger has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies and is expected to close during the third quarter of
2012, although delays may occur. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, including the approval by American State
Financial’s shareholders and customary regulatory approvals. Operational integration is anticipated to begin during the third quarter of
2012.
Pending Acquisition of The Bank Arlington – On January 19, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire
The Bank Arlington. The Bank Arlington operates one banking office in Arlington, Texas, in the Dallas/Fort Worth CMSA. As of
December 31, 2011, The Bank Arlington reported total assets of $37.3 million, total loans of $21.2 million and total deposits of $32.8
million.
Under the terms of the definitive agreement, the Company will issue up to 138,600 shares of Company common stock for all
outstanding shares of The Bank Arlington capital stock, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustments. The transaction is
subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals and approval of the shareholders of The Bank
Arlington. The transaction is expected to close during the second quarter of 2012, although delays could occur.
Pending Acquisition of East Texas Financial Services, Inc. - On December 8, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire East Texas Financial Services, Inc. (OTC BB: FFBT) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First Federal Bank Texas
104
(“Firstbank”). First Bank operates four banking offices in the Tyler MSA, including three locations in Tyler, Texas and one location
in Gilmer, Texas. As of December 31, 2011, East Texas Financial Services reported total assets of $210.5 million, total loans of
$163.1 million and total deposits of $126.7 million.
Under the terms of the definitive agreement, the Company will issue up to 531,000 shares of Company common stock for all
outstanding shares of East Texas Financial Services capital stock, subject to certain conditions and potential adjustments. The
transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals and approval of the stockholders
of East Texas Financial Services. The transaction is expected to close during the second quarter of 2012, although delays could occur.
Acquisition of Texas Bankers, Inc. - On January 1, 2012, the Company completed the previously announced acquisition of Texas
Bankers, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of Texas, Austin, Texas. The transaction continues the Company’s strategic
growth and expansion of the franchise in Central Texas.
The three Bank of Texas banking offices in the Austin, Texas CMSA consist of a location in Rollingwood, which upon
operational integration will be consolidated with the Company’s Westlake location and remain in Bank of Texas’ Rollingwood
banking office; one banking center in downtown Austin, which upon operational integration will be consolidated into the Company’s
downtown Austin location; and another banking center in Thorndale. Following the acquisition, the Company operates thirty-four
banking centers in the Central Texas area including Austin and San Antonio.
Texas Bankers, Inc. reported total assets of $77.0 million, total loans of $27.6 million and total deposits of $70.4 million as of
December 31, 2011. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company issued 314,953 shares of Company common stock for all
outstanding shares of Texas Bankers capital stock which resulted in a premium of $5.2 million.
105
Exhibit 21.1
Direct Subsidiaries
Prosperity Holdings of Delaware, LLC
Prosperity Interim Corporation
Prosperity Statutory Trust II
Prosperity Statutory Trust III
Prosperity Statutory Trust IV
SNB Capital Trust IV
TXUI Statutory Trust II
TXUI Statutory Trust III
TXUI Statutory Trust IV
Indirect Subsidiaries
GNB Leasing Co.
MainCorp Leasing Co.
Community Home Loan LLC
Prosperity Bank
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
Jurisdiction of
Organization
Delaware
Texas
Connecticut
Connecticut
Connecticut
Connecticut
Delaware
Connecticut
Delaware
Texas
Texas
Texas
Texas
Jurisdiction of
Organization
Parent Entity
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
Parent Entity
Prosperity Bank
Prosperity Bank
Prosperity Bank
Prosperity Holdings of Delaware,
LLC
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements Nos. 333-78139, 333-92997, 333-123366, and 333-
133214 on Form S-8; and Registration Statements Nos. 333-158267, 333-136848, 333-93857, 333-179100, and 333-179303 on Form
S-3, of our reports dated February 29, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and
subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011.
EXHIBIT 23.1
/s/ Deloitte and Touche LLP
Houston, Texas
February 29, 2012
Exhibit 31.1
1.
2.
3.
4.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, David Zalman, certify that:
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting for the registrant and
have:
a)
b)
c)
d)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
a)
b)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 29, 2012
/S/ DAVID ZALMAN
David Zalman
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 31.2
1.
2.
3.
4.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, David Hollaway, certify that:
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting for the registrant and
have:
a)
b)
c)
d)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
a)
b)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 29, 2012
/S/ DAVID HOLLAWAY
David Hollaway
Chief Financial Officer
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with this Annual Report of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ending
December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David Zalman,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1.
2.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and operating results of
the Company.
Exhibit 32.1
/s/ DAVID ZALMAN
David Zalman
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
February 29, 2012
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with this Annual Report of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ending
December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David Hollaway, Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1.
2.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and operating results of
the Company.
Exhibit 32.2
/s/ DAVID HOLLAWAY
David Hollaway
Chief Financial Officer
February 29, 2012